{"title":"Candle Making Supplies","description":"\u003cp\u003eFind the essential tools and equipment for candle making in our Candle Making Supplies collection. From measuring cups and pouring pitchers to tins, tea lights, and wicks, these are the hands-on supplies you need to bring your candles to life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're setting up your candle making space for the first time or replacing worn-out tools, browse our range of quality supplies and keep your projects running smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"10pcs-tea-light-square-cups-for-candle-making","title":"Square Tealight Cups for Candle Making — Clear Plastic, Pack of 10, Pre-Tabbed Wicks Included","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSquare Tealight Cups for Candle Making — Clear Plastic, Pack of 10, Pre-Tabbed Wicks Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA pack of 10 square clear plastic tealight cups with pre-tabbed wicks already inserted. The square format gives a modern, geometric look compared to standard round tealights — ideal for handmade candle gifts, favor candles, and event decor. Simply pour your wax and the cups are ready to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 × square clear plastic tealight cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-tabbed cotton wicks already seated in each cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: clear plastic (polystyrene) — lightweight with visible wax color through the sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShape: square with rounded corners — modern geometric tealight format\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWicks: pre-tabbed with metal base, centered and ready to pour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and coconut wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-use cups — designed for tealight-style candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe clear sides let colored wax show through for a decorative effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the cups on a flat, heat-safe surface. The wicks are already inserted — no prep needed. Melt your wax, add fragrance and color if desired, then pour slowly into each cup. Allow to cool fully before moving. Trim the wick to ¼ inch before burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these glass or plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese are clear plastic (polystyrene) — not glass. They are lightweight and thin-walled, which lets the color of your wax show through beautifully. Standard tealight cups are always plastic; glass tealight holders are a separate accessory used to display the finished candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the wicks already in the cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — each cup comes with a pre-tabbed cotton wick already seated in the metal tab at the base. No additional wick prep is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wax works best for tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nParaffin wax is the traditional choice for tealights as it gives a smooth, hard finish and excellent scent throw. Soy wax also works well and gives a softer, more natural look. Avoid very soft waxes or high-oil blends as they may not set firmly enough in a shallow cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add fragrance and color?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — add fragrance oil at 6–10% of wax weight and liquid or block candle dye as desired. Because the cups are clear, colored wax looks especially striking when displayed in a tealight holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these be used in a standard tealight holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the square format fits most open tealight holders and lanterns. For a snug fit in round holders, choose a round tealight cup instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, explore \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-kits\"\u003eCandle Making Kits\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47658807820482,"sku":"14:200006153#Square","price":11.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S08b782f055dd4ddc895292c6e004aa7fv.webp?v=1778706688"},{"product_id":"24-pack-candle-holders-with-lids-4oz-or-8oz-round-sealed-jars","title":"Candle Tins with Lids — Pack of 24, Teal Aluminum, 4oz or 8oz","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCandle Tins with Lids — Pack of 24, Teal Aluminum, 4oz or 8oz\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA bulk pack of 24 round aluminum candle tins in a deep teal matte finish with a gold interior and screw-top lid. Stackable, sturdy, and elegant — ideal for soy candles, coconut wax candles, wax melts, balms, and handmade gifts. Choose 4oz or 8oz from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes \u0026amp; Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4oz\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7.5cm \/ 2.95in diameter × 5.1cm \/ 2.0in tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8oz\u003c\/strong\u003e — larger format; same teal finish and gold interior (dimensions shown in product images)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuantity: 24 tins per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: aluminum with matte teal exterior finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInterior: gold-tone aluminum — heat-resistant for direct wax pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLid: screw-top lid for a secure, airtight-style seal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with soy wax, coconut wax, paraffin wax, and beeswax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for candles, wax melts, lip balm, body butter, and small storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTins are stackable for easy storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure a pre-tabbed wick to the base of the tin using a wick sticker or dab of hot glue. Center the wick with a wick bar or clothespin resting on the rim. Pour melted wax at the appropriate temperature for your wax type, allow to cool fully, trim the wick to ¼ inch, and screw the lid on to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wick size should I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor the 4oz tin (7.5cm \/ 2.95in diameter), a CD-14 or ECO-6 wick is a common starting point for soy wax. For the 8oz tin, try a CD-18 or ECO-10. Always do a test burn with your specific wax and fragrance load and adjust accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I pour wax directly into the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the gold aluminum interior is heat-resistant and designed for direct wax pouring. Place tins on a flat, heat-safe surface and avoid overfilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wax works best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSoy wax and coconut wax are popular choices — both adhere well to aluminum, burn cleanly, and hold fragrance. Paraffin and beeswax also work well. A coconut-soy blend gives a smooth, creamy finish with excellent scent throw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the lids airtight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe screw-top lids provide a snug, secure fit that helps preserve fragrance and protect the candle surface. They are not rated as fully airtight but provide a much more secure seal than slip-fit lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for lip balm or body butter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the tins are suitable for cosmetic products such as lip balm, body butter, and solid perfume. The screw-top lid keeps the product secure during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, explore \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-kits\"\u003eCandle Making Kits\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"4oz","offer_id":47658813325506,"sku":"14:200006151#4oz green","price":43.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8oz","offer_id":47658813292738,"sku":"14:200006153#8oz green","price":43.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S405019fa8c3242f4b85f2aac301801c7y.webp?v=1778707200"},{"product_id":"candle-making-kit-6pcs-candle-jars-with-lid","title":"Candle Making Starter Kit — 6 White Tins with Wood Lids, Wicks \u0026 Wick Holders","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCandle Making Starter Kit — 6 White Tins with Wood Lids, Wicks \u0026amp; Wick Holders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEverything you need to pour your first batch of candles. This starter kit includes 6 white cylindrical tins with matching wood lids, pre-tabbed cotton wicks, wood wick-centering sticks, and wick sticker dots to hold wicks in place. Just add wax and fragrance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included (58 pieces total)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6 × white cylindrical candle tins with wood lids — 5.2cm diameter × 6.5cm tall (2.04in × 2.55in), approximately 4oz capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20 × pre-tabbed cotton candle wicks — 8cm \/ 3.14in length\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e12 × wood wick-centering sticks — 11.4cm \/ 4.49in length\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20 × wick sticker dots (adhesive tabs to secure wicks to the base of the tin)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTin material: tinplate metal, white exterior finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLid: natural wood slip-fit lid — clean, minimal aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with soy wax, coconut wax, paraffin wax, and beeswax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWicks are pre-tabbed with a metal base — ready to place and pour\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWick sticks keep the wick centered while wax cools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePress a wick sticker dot to the base of each tin, then press the metal wick tab firmly onto the sticker. Rest a wood centering stick across the tin rim and thread the wick through to keep it upright. Melt your wax, add fragrance at the recommended temperature, then pour slowly into the tin. Allow to cool fully (several hours), trim the wick to ¼ inch, and place the wood lid on to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the tin dimensions and capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach tin is 5.2cm \/ 2.04in in diameter and 6.5cm \/ 2.55in tall. This holds approximately 4oz of wax per tin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wax works best in these tins?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSoy wax and coconut wax are popular choices for tin candles — both adhere well to metal, burn cleanly, and hold fragrance well. Paraffin and beeswax also work. A coconut-soy blend is a great option for a smooth, creamy finish with excellent scent throw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much fragrance oil should I add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA typical fragrance load is 6–10% of the wax weight for soy or coconut wax. For example, if you pour 100g of wax, add 6–10g of fragrance oil. Add fragrance at around 185°F \/ 85°C and stir well before pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a good beginner kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the kit includes all the hardware needed to get started (jars, wicks, wick holders, and wick stickers). You just need wax and fragrance oil to complete your first pour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I reuse the tins after the candle burns down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — once the candle is finished, remove residual wax by placing the tin briefly in a warm oven or pouring boiling water over the wax to loosen it. Clean with warm soapy water, then repour or repurpose for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-kits\"\u003eCandle Making Kits\u003c\/a\u003e, explore \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47658816078018,"sku":"14:200006151#A","price":26.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S1e33ce33f24b4e60b57395764663f721d.webp?v=1778707606"},{"product_id":"12pcs-empty-candle-tins-2-2oz-8-colors","title":"Empty Candle Tins with Lids — 2.2oz, Pack of 12, Boho Printed Designs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEmpty Candle Tins with Lids — 2.2oz, Pack of 12, Boho Printed Designs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA set of 12 round metal candle tins with fitted lids, each printed with a decorative boho-inspired pattern. At 2.2oz capacity, these are ideal for making small travel candles, sample candles, wax melts, or handmade gifts. Choose your print design — each variant is a single matching pattern across all 12 tins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrimson Paisley\u003c\/strong\u003e — rich burgundy and gold multicolor paisley swirl print\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDusty Rose Mandala\u003c\/strong\u003e — muted mauve and pink with teal lotus mandala pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSage \u0026amp; Terracotta Mandala\u003c\/strong\u003e — cream\/beige background with teal, orange and brown geometric mandala; open lid shown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose Henna\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm pink\/rose base with gold henna leaf and paisley swirl print\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScarlet Lotus\u003c\/strong\u003e — bold matte red with silver and teal lotus border trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eViolet Damask\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep purple and blue with red and sky blue floral damask print\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaupe \u0026amp; Plum Mandala\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm beige body with deep plum zigzag border and a pink and sky blue floral mandala lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScarlet Damask\u003c\/strong\u003e — rich red with sage green and cream floral damask pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 12 tins per pack, all matching design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 2.2oz \/ 62g per tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: tinplate metal with fitted slip lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior: plain metal — heat-resistant for direct wax pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and coconut wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for candles, wax melts, lip balm, and small storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure a pre-tabbed wick to the base of the tin using a wick sticker or dab of hot glue. Center the wick with a wick bar or clothespin resting on the rim. Pour melted wax at the appropriate temperature for your wax type, allow to cool fully, trim the wick to ¼ inch, and place the lid on to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wick size should I use for a 2.2oz tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor a 2.2oz tin (approximately 2–2.5 inch diameter), a CD-8 or ECO-2 wick is a common starting point for soy wax. Always do a test burn with your specific wax and fragrance load and adjust accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I pour wax directly into the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tinplate interior is heat-resistant and suitable for direct wax pouring. Place tins on a flat, heat-safe surface before pouring and avoid overfilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the printed exterior be damaged by heat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe print is on the outside of the tin and not in contact with hot wax. Normal candle pouring temperatures will not damage the exterior finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these good for gift candles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the decorative boho prints make these tins gift-ready without any additional packaging or labeling needed for personal gifting. The 2.2oz size is ideal for sample sets and favor candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for wax melts or lip balm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — these tins work well for wax melts, lip balm, body butter, and other small-batch craft products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, explore \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e to scent your candles, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Crimson Paisley","offer_id":47658818502850,"sku":"14:10#1","price":28.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dusty Rose Mandala","offer_id":47658818535618,"sku":"14:200006156#2","price":28.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \u0026 Terracotta Mandala","offer_id":47658818437314,"sku":"14:200006154#4","price":28.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose Henna","offer_id":47658818470082,"sku":"14:200000195#6","price":28.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Scarlet Lotus","offer_id":47658818371778,"sku":"14:200002984#7","price":30.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Violet Damask","offer_id":47658818404546,"sku":"14:200004870#8","price":38.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Taupe \u0026 Plum Mandala","offer_id":47658818306242,"sku":"14:350686#9","price":28.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Scarlet Damask","offer_id":47658818339010,"sku":"14:350851#11","price":28.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S92f11252dde742569c3365780f7438ebz.webp?v=1778707894"},{"product_id":"12pcs-empty-candle-tins-4oz-for-candle-making","title":"Empty Candle Tins with Lids — 4oz, Pack of 12, Watercolor Pastel Finish","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEmpty Candle Tins with Lids — 4oz, Pack of 12, Watercolor Pastel Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA set of 12 round metal candle tins with slip-fit lids in a watercolor marbled pastel finish. Each tin holds 4oz of wax — ideal for soy, coconut, or beeswax candles. The decorative exterior print means no labeling is required for personal use or gifting. Choose your color: Purple, Pink, Blue, Green, or Mixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuantity: 12 tins per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 4oz \/ 113g per tin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: tinplate metal with slip-fit lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior finish: watercolor marbled pastel print — color varies by variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior: plain silver metal — food-safe and heat-resistant for candle pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and gel wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for candles, wax melts, balms, and small storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple\u003c\/strong\u003e — lavender and lilac marbled tones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e — blush and rose marbled tones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e — sky and teal marbled tones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e — lime and mint marbled tones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed\u003c\/strong\u003e — assorted colors from all 4 palettes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure a pre-tabbed wick to the base of the tin using a wick sticker or dab of hot glue. Center the wick with a wick bar or clothespin resting on the rim. Pour melted wax at the appropriate temperature for your wax type, allow to cool fully, trim the wick to ¼ inch, and place the lid on to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wick size should I use for a 4oz tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor a 4oz tin (approximately 2.5–3 inch diameter), a CD-12 or ECO-4 wick is a common starting point for soy wax. Always do a test burn and adjust wick size based on your specific wax and fragrance combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I pour directly into the tin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tinplate interior is heat-resistant and suitable for direct wax pouring. Place tins on a flat, heat-safe surface before pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the exterior print be damaged by heat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe exterior print is on the outside of the tin and is not in direct contact with hot wax. Normal candle pouring temperatures will not damage the exterior finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for wax melts or balms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tins are suitable for wax melts, lip balm, body butter, and other small-batch craft products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, explore \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e to scent your candles, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Purple","offer_id":47658819223746,"sku":"14:173#A1-12pcs-4oz","price":34.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":47658819190978,"sku":"14:10#A2-12pcs-4oz","price":33.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":47658819158210,"sku":"14:200006152#A3-12pcs-4oz","price":33.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":47658819125442,"sku":"14:200006153#A4-12pcs-4oz","price":33.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mixed","offer_id":47658819256514,"sku":"14:350851#A5-12pcs-4oz","price":33.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S337d0766cbe94c9fb0d87112746e9d175.webp?v=1778708049"},{"product_id":"dried-pressed-flower-cosmos-for-epoxy-resin-pendants-necklaces-and-decorating-other-objects","title":"Pressed Dried Flowers — Warm Tones | ~120 pcs | 3–6cm | 9 Styles | For Resin \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePressed Dried Flowers — Warm Tones, ~120 pcs, 3–6cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA selection of real pressed and dried flowers in warm yellow, orange, and red tones. Available in 9 style options including whole flower heads, flowers with stems, half-open forms, and single-color packs — all flat-pressed and ready to use in resin, candle making, and botanical craft projects. Select your preferred style from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: These are mixed flower varieties in coordinated warm tones. Natural variation in petal shape, size, and color between individual flowers is expected.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Real pressed dried flowers, warm-tone assortment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–6cm across (varies by style)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 120 pieces per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat-pressed, ready to embed or apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStyle Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow \u0026amp; Orange\u003c\/strong\u003e — mixed yellow and orange whole flower heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange w\/stem\u003c\/strong\u003e — orange flower heads with pressed stem attached\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow w\/stem\u003c\/strong\u003e — yellow flower heads with pressed stem attached\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange half\u003c\/strong\u003e — orange flowers in a half-open, cupped form with stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow half\u003c\/strong\u003e — yellow flowers in a half-open, cupped form with stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange\u003c\/strong\u003e — orange whole flower heads, no stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Red\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep burgundy-red whole flower heads, no stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\u003c\/strong\u003e — yellow whole flower heads, no stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Orange\u003c\/strong\u003e — rich burnt-orange whole flower heads, no stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal botanicals — genuine pressed dried flowers, not artificial or printed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm color palette — yellow, orange, dark orange, and deep red tones\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple forms — whole heads, stemmed, and half-open styles for different project needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat-pressed — ready to embed in resin or apply to surfaces without additional pressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e~120 pieces per pack — generous quantity for multiple projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin jewelry — embed in pendants, earrings, and rings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin coasters, trays, and decorative castings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin projects — whole heads and smaller pieces work well in UV resin molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandle making — press or embed flowers onto pillar and container candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCard making, scrapbooking, and paper crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin bookmarks and keychains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Use in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal flowers with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge before embedding to prevent color bleed or browning over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a base layer of resin first, let it partially cure, then place flowers and pour the top layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe stemmed styles work especially well for bookmarks and elongated pendant molds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle with tweezers to avoid crushing petals or transferring oils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unused flowers in a sealed bag away from moisture and direct sunlight to preserve color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these real flowers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — all flowers in this pack are genuine pressed and dried botanical material. They are not artificial or printed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the colors fade in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDried botanicals can shift in color over time, especially with UV exposure. Sealing flowers before embedding and using a UV-resistant resin can help slow color change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the “half” and “w\/stem” styles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe “w\/stem” styles are fully open flower heads with a pressed stem attached. The “half” styles are flowers pressed in a half-open, cupped form — showing more depth and dimension than a fully flat flower head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-other-embellishments\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e collection, explore all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy and UV Resin\u003c\/a\u003e supplies, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies-1\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Yellow \u0026 Orange","offer_id":47674578665666,"sku":"14:200003699#gold and orange","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange w\/stem","offer_id":47674578698434,"sku":"14:193#Type2-Yellow","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow w\/stem","offer_id":47674578731202,"sku":"14:771#Type2-Yellow","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange half","offer_id":47674578763970,"sku":"14:365016#Type1-orange","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow half","offer_id":47674578796738,"sku":"14:366#Type1-Yellow","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":47674578829506,"sku":"14:350852","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Red","offer_id":47674578862274,"sku":"14:200006154","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":47674578895042,"sku":"14:350850","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Orange","offer_id":47674578927810,"sku":"14:200001951","price":49.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/HTB14yb5hXzqK1RjSZFCq6zbxVXaP.webp?v=1779142744"},{"product_id":"pressed-dried-cosmos-flower-for-epoxy-resin-jewelry-and-decorating-other-objects","title":"Pressed Dried Cosmos Flowers — 60 pcs | 6 Colors | 4–8cm | For Resin \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePressed Dried Cosmos Flowers — 60 pcs, 6 Colors, 4–8cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReal pressed and dried cosmos flowers (\u003cem\u003eCosmos bipinnatus\u003c\/em\u003e) with eight broad petals arranged around a yellow disc center. Flat-pressed and ready to embed in resin or use in botanical craft projects. Each pack contains 60 flowers in the color selected. Available in six color options — select from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Natural color variation between individual flowers is expected. Colors may appear slightly different once pressed and dried compared to fresh flowers.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Real pressed dried cosmos flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4–8cm across (full flower head)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 pieces per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat-pressed, ready to embed or apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eViolet\u003c\/strong\u003e — white petals with violet\/purple veining and edges; yellow disc center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeige\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm cream\/beige tone; the natural dried color of pale pink or white cosmos\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFuchsia\u003c\/strong\u003e — bright pink-magenta petals with yellow disc center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple\u003c\/strong\u003e — medium lavender-purple petals with yellow disc center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlum\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep purple-pink petals, richer and darker than the Purple option\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti\u003c\/strong\u003e — mixed assortment of colors from the range above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal botanicals — genuine cosmos flowers, not artificial or printed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFull flower head — 8 broad petals with visible yellow disc center retained after pressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge size — 4–8cm makes these a statement inclusion for pendants, coasters, and trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat-pressed — ready to embed in resin or apply to surfaces without additional pressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e60 pieces per pack — generous quantity for multiple projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin jewelry — embed in large pendants, statement earrings, and rings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin coasters, trays, and decorative castings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin projects — works well in larger UV resin molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandle making — press onto the surface of pillar or container candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCard making, scrapbooking, and paper crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin bookmarks and keychains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Use in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal flowers with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge before embedding to prevent color bleed or browning over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a base layer of resin first, let it partially cure, then place flowers and pour the top layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle with tweezers to avoid crushing the petals or transferring oils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unused flowers in a sealed bag away from moisture and direct sunlight to preserve color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these real flowers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these are genuine cosmos flowers that have been pressed and dried. They are not artificial or printed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the colors fade in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDried botanicals can shift in color over time, especially with UV exposure. Sealing flowers before embedding and using a UV-resistant resin can help slow color change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Multi color option include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Multi option is a mixed assortment drawn from the available colors in this range. Exact mix varies by batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-other-embellishments\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e collection, explore all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy and UV Resin\u003c\/a\u003e supplies, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies-1\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Cream \u0026 Violet","offer_id":47674579255490,"sku":"14:365016","price":37.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":47674579288258,"sku":"14:771","price":37.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fuchsia","offer_id":47674579321026,"sku":"14:200211869#Fuchsia","price":37.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":47674579353794,"sku":"14:496","price":37.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Plum","offer_id":47674579386562,"sku":"14:200006156","price":37.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multi","offer_id":47674579419330,"sku":"14:200003699","price":37.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S3d53e4a6c01340e3b847004e4a1cec4cQ.webp?v=1779142987"},{"product_id":"24pcs-four-leaf-clover-for-epoxy-resin-crafts","title":"Dried Pressed Four-Leaf Clovers — 24 pcs | Real Botanicals | 3 Sizes | For Resin \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDried Pressed Four-Leaf Clovers — 24 pcs, Real Botanicals, 3 Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReal dried and pressed four-leaf clovers with stems, flat-pressed and ready to embed in resin or use in botanical craft projects. Each pack contains 24 individual clovers in the size range selected — choose from small (10–15mm), medium (20–25mm), or large (25–30mm) to suit your project. Natural color variation between clovers is expected as these are genuine botanicals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Four-leaf clovers are a rare natural occurrence. Each clover in this pack has been individually selected and verified to have four leaves.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Real dried pressed four-leaf clovers with stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural green (variation between pieces is normal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–15mm, 20–25mm, 25–30mm (leaf spread)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 pieces per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat-pressed, ready to embed or apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSize Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10–15mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — small clovers, ideal for jewelry, UV resin molds, and fine detail work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20–25mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — medium clovers, versatile for pendants, coasters, and bookmarks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25–30mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — large clovers, best for coasters, trays, and statement resin pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal four-leaf clovers — each clover individually selected and verified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat-pressed — ready to embed in resin or apply to surfaces without additional pressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStem included — adds a natural, botanical look to finished pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3 size options — choose the size that best suits your project scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLucky symbolism — a meaningful addition to gifts, keepsakes, and wearable jewelry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin jewelry — embed in pendants, rings, and earrings for a lucky botanical keepsake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin coasters, trays, and decorative castings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin projects — small clovers work well in UV resin molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandle making — press onto the surface of pillar or container candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCard making, scrapbooking, and paper crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin bookmarks and keychains — a popular gift item\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Use in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal clovers with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge before embedding to prevent color bleed or browning over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a base layer of resin first, let it partially cure, then place clovers and pour the top layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle with tweezers to avoid transferring oils from your fingers to the delicate leaves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unused clovers in a sealed bag away from moisture and direct sunlight to preserve color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these real four-leaf clovers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these are genuine four-leaf clovers that have been individually selected, dried, and pressed. They are not artificial, printed, or three-leaf clovers with an added leaf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the color change in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDried botanicals can shift in color over time when embedded in resin, especially with UV exposure. Sealing clovers before embedding and using a UV-resistant resin can help slow color change. Some natural color variation is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose based on your project: 10–15mm for jewelry and small molds, 20–25mm for pendants and bookmarks, and 25–30mm for coasters and larger resin castings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-other-embellishments\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e collection, explore all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy and UV Resin\u003c\/a\u003e supplies, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies-1\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"10-15mm","offer_id":47678559420610,"sku":"14:173#10-15mm","price":18.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20-25mm","offer_id":47678559387842,"sku":"14:365458#20-25mm","price":18.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25-30mm","offer_id":47678559453378,"sku":"14:193#25-30mm","price":18.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sd1e378a5f68d491a94722ad7429411fcR.webp?v=1779244882"},{"product_id":"6-11cm-natural-pressed-dried-flowers-for-epoxy-resin-crafts","title":"Pressed Dried Gerbera Daisies for Resin \u0026 Crafts — 6–11cm, 2 Pieces","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePressed Dried Gerbera Daisies for Resin \u0026amp; Crafts — 6–11cm, 2 Pieces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLarge face-pressed dried Gerbera daisies — flat, full-face blooms with long ray petals radiating from a prominent raised disc center. Gerberas are one of the most striking flowers to embed in resin due to their bold size, graphic symmetry, and vibrant color range. Each pack contains \u003cstrong\u003e2 pressed flowers\u003c\/strong\u003e in your chosen color, sealed in a clear protective bag, approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6–11cm in diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMini Double Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e — dusty pink\/mauve petals with a cream-yellow disc center; compact double-petal bloom\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDark Red\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep burgundy\/wine red petals with a golden-yellow disc center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagenta\u003c\/strong\u003e — vivid hot pink\/magenta petals with a large dark reddish-brown disc center; the brightest, most saturated color in the range\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e — rich golden yellow petals with a large dark disc center; bold and graphic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Orange\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm burnt orange-red petals with orange-yellow tips and a pale yellow disc center; a striking two-tone bloom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pressed flowers per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 6–11cm (2.36–4.33in) per flower\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gerbera daisy — large ray petals with a prominent disc center\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing style:\u003c\/strong\u003e face-pressed — flat, full-face bloom for maximum visual impact in resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully dried and pressed — stored in a sealed clear protective bag; ready to use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e epoxy resin and UV resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e embed in clear epoxy resin in decorative trays, coasters, paperweights, large pendants, and art slabs — the large bloom fills a mold beautifully as a single focal flower\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin jewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e use in large oval, round, or square pendant molds; a single Gerbera face-on fills a pendant mold with striking impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandle making:\u003c\/strong\u003e press onto the surface of pillar candles or embed in a clear wax outer layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCard making \u0026amp; stationery:\u003c\/strong\u003e adhere to handmade cards, gift tags, or journal covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFramed botanical art:\u003c\/strong\u003e arrange under glass or resin for a preserved floral display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Using in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThese are fully dried and ready to embed — no additional drying needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe large disc center can trap air bubbles — seal the flower first with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge, allow to fully dry, then embed in your main pour for bubble-free results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a thin base layer of resin, place the flower face-down, allow to partially gel, then pour the remaining resin over the top to fully encase it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor a resin tray or coaster, place the Gerbera face-up on the base layer before the final pour so the full bloom is visible from the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThese large blooms work best as a single focal flower in a mold — pair with smaller filler flowers or greenery around the edges for a full botanical composition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many flowers are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n2 pressed Gerbera daisies per pack in your chosen color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large are the flowers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nApproximately 6–11cm in diameter — these are large pressed flowers, suited to trays, coasters, large pendants, and art slab molds rather than small jewelry molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the color hold in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGerbera daisies hold color well when dried and embedded in resin. For best long-term results, use a UV-resistant resin to minimise fading from light exposure over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for candle making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — pressed botanicals can be applied to the outer surface of candles or encased in a clear wax or resin outer layer. Do not place dried botanicals near a candle wick as they are flammable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-and-resin-filling-objects\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy \u0026amp; UV Resin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Mini double pink","offer_id":47678560927938,"sku":"14:771#Mini double pink;5:100014066#2Pieces","price":17.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Red","offer_id":47678560960706,"sku":"14:1052#Dark Red;5:100014066#2Pieces","price":17.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magenta","offer_id":47678560993474,"sku":"14:1254#Diaocan02;5:100014066#2Pieces","price":17.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Golden Yellow","offer_id":47678561026242,"sku":"14:173#Big Eye;5:100014066#2Pieces","price":17.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double Orange","offer_id":47678561059010,"sku":"14:350853#Double Orange;5:100014066#2Pieces","price":17.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S872daff5774949028e937f81626bed87B.webp?v=1779245354"},{"product_id":"12pcs-6-10cm-side-pressed-dried-flowers-for-resin-crafts","title":"Side-Pressed Dried Purple Miniature Roses with Stems for Resin \u0026 Crafts — 12 Pieces, 6–10cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSide-Pressed Dried Purple Miniature Roses with Stems for Resin \u0026amp; Crafts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSide-pressed dried miniature roses in a striking deep purple\/violet colorway with pale cream-yellow centers. Each piece is a complete sprig — fully opened multi-petal blooms pressed with stem and serrated rose leaves attached. The side-pressed orientation preserves the natural bloom profile and stem structure for beautiful depth when embedded in resin. Each pack contains \u003cstrong\u003e12 pieces\u003c\/strong\u003e, approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6–10cm in length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 pieces per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 6–10cm (2.36–3.94in) per sprig\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlower type:\u003c\/strong\u003e miniature rose (spray rose) — fully opened multi-petal blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing style:\u003c\/strong\u003e side-pressed — preserves the natural bloom profile, stem, and foliage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep purple\/violet petals with pale cream-yellow centers and natural green foliage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e bloom clusters with stem and attached serrated rose leaves — each piece is a complete sprig; mix of bloom-heavy and foliage-only stem pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully dried and pressed — ready to use, no additional preparation needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e epoxy resin and UV resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e embed in clear epoxy or UV resin in pendants, keychains, paperweights, vase molds, and decorative slabs — the deep purple color is particularly striking in clear resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin jewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for large oval, rectangle, or teardrop pendant molds where the full sprig silhouette can be displayed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandle making:\u003c\/strong\u003e press onto the surface of pillar candles or embed in a clear wax outer layer for a romantic botanical finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCard making \u0026amp; stationery:\u003c\/strong\u003e adhere to handmade cards, gift tags, or bookmarks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFramed botanical art:\u003c\/strong\u003e arrange under glass or resin for a preserved floral display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Using in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThese are fully dried and ready to embed — no additional drying needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTo prevent air bubbles trapped between petals, seal the flower first with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge and allow to fully dry before the main pour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a thin base layer of resin, place the sprig face-down, allow to partially gel, then pour the remaining resin over the top to fully encase it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe deep purple tones look especially vivid in completely clear resin — consider skipping pigment to let the natural color be the focal point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe 6–10cm length suits medium-to-large molds — oval pendants, bookmark molds, vase molds, and decorative slab molds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n12 pressed rose sprigs per pack, each approximately 6–10cm in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the purple color hold in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe color is well-preserved in these dried roses. Embedding in resin further protects the petals. For best long-term color retention, use a UV-resistant resin to minimise fading from light exposure over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for candle making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — pressed botanicals can be applied to the outer surface of candles or encased in a clear wax or resin outer layer. Do not place dried botanicals near a candle wick as they are flammable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these the same as the rose buds with stems?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — these are fully opened bloom sprigs pressed side-on, while our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-and-resin-filling-objects\"\u003erose buds\u003c\/a\u003e are pressed in bud form before opening. Both work beautifully in resin but create a different visual effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-and-resin-filling-objects\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy \u0026amp; UV Resin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Rose","offer_id":47678593204418,"sku":"14:771#nature color","price":19.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sd3941dd4225f4c21ae535708c413273bY.webp?v=1779246324"},{"product_id":"24pcs-7-8cm-dried-pressed-leavesfor-epoxy-resin-crafts","title":"Dried Pressed Fern Leaves for Resin \u0026 Crafts — 24 Pieces, 7–8cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDried Pressed Fern Leaves for Resin \u0026amp; Crafts — 24 Pieces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFlat-pressed dried fern fronds with a classic pinnate (feather-like) structure — small paired leaflets arranged symmetrically along a central stem. Vibrant natural green, fully pressed and dried, ready to embed in resin or use in other craft applications. Each pack contains \u003cstrong\u003e24 individual fern fronds\u003c\/strong\u003e, each measuring approximately \u003cstrong\u003e7–8cm in length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 pieces per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 7–8cm (2.76–3.15in) per frond\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e pinnate fern — feather-shaped frond with small paired leaflets along a central stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e natural dried green — vibrant and well-preserved\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully dried and pressed flat — ready to use, no additional preparation needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e epoxy resin and UV resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e embed in clear epoxy or UV resin in pendants, bookmarks, paperweights, trays, and decorative slabs — the feather-like frond shape adds elegant botanical detail\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin jewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e use in large oval, rectangle, or teardrop pendant molds for a delicate botanical piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandle making:\u003c\/strong\u003e press onto the surface of pillar candles or embed in a clear wax outer layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCard making \u0026amp; stationery:\u003c\/strong\u003e adhere to handmade cards, gift tags, or bookmarks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFramed botanical art:\u003c\/strong\u003e arrange under glass or resin for a preserved nature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin bookmarks:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 7–8cm length fits perfectly in a standard bookmark mold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Using in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThese are fully dried and ready to embed — no additional drying needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTo prevent air bubbles from trapped air between the leaflets, seal the frond first with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge, allow to fully dry, then embed in your main pour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a thin base layer of resin, place the frond face-down, allow to partially gel, then pour the remaining resin over the top to fully encase it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor a layered botanical effect, place fronds at different depths within a deep mold — the feather shape looks particularly striking in clear resin with no pigment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n24 pressed fern fronds per pack, each approximately 7–8cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the green color hold in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe natural green is well-preserved in these dried fronds. Embedding in resin further protects the color. For best long-term results, use a UV-resistant resin to minimise color shift from light exposure over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for candle making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — pressed botanicals can be applied to the outer surface of candles or encased in a clear wax or resin outer layer. Do not place dried botanicals near a candle wick as they are flammable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-and-resin-filling-objects\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy \u0026amp; UV Resin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Fern","offer_id":47678593466562,"sku":"14:771","price":20.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S3e63de44b5ec40a082447ddb09efac42K.webp?v=1779246574"},{"product_id":"side-pressed-dried-roses-with-stems-for-resin-crafts","title":"Side-Pressed Dried Rose Buds with Stems \u0026 Foliage for Resin \u0026 Crafts — 60 Buds, Choose Your Color","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSide-Pressed Dried Rose Buds with Stems \u0026amp; Foliage for Resin \u0026amp; Crafts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMiniature dried rose buds pressed from the side to preserve the bud profile, petals, stem, and attached leaves in a flat, ready-to-use form. Each pack contains \u003cstrong\u003e60 buds\u003c\/strong\u003e in your chosen color. The side-pressed orientation shows the natural shape of the rose bud rather than a face-on view — ideal for embedding in resin where the full silhouette of the flower is visible. Perfect for resin casting, candle making, card making, and botanical art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect your preferred color from the dropdown. Each option contains 60 buds in that color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 buds per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e side-pressed dried miniature rose buds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStem length with foliage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7–9cm (2.76–3.54in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e bud, stem, and attached leaves — each piece is a complete sprig\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing style:\u003c\/strong\u003e side-pressed — preserves the bud profile and natural silhouette rather than a flat face-on view\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose from available color options — natural dried tones including pink, crimson, coral, and orange-pink with green foliage; exact shades are natural and may vary slightly within a color batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCondition:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully dried and pressed — ready to use in resin or other craft applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin casting:\u003c\/strong\u003e embed in clear epoxy or UV resin in pendants, keychains, paperweights, vase molds, or decorative slabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandle making:\u003c\/strong\u003e press onto the outside of pillar candles or embed in wax for a botanical candle finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCard making \u0026amp; stationery:\u003c\/strong\u003e adhere to handmade cards, bookmarks, or gift tags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFramed botanical art:\u003c\/strong\u003e arrange under glass or resin for a preserved floral display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin jewelry:\u003c\/strong\u003e the side-pressed profile works beautifully in oval, rectangle, or large pendant molds where the full stem silhouette can be displayed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Using in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThese are fully dried and ready to embed — no additional drying needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor bubble-free results, seal the flower first with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge and allow to dry before the main pour — this prevents air trapped in petals from creating bubbles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a thin base layer of resin, place the bud face-down, allow to partially gel, then pour the remaining resin over the top to fully encase the piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe side-pressed format works particularly well in deep molds (vase molds, cube molds) where the stem length and foliage add depth and movement to the finished piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many buds are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n60 buds per pack, in your chosen color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the color change once embedded in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nResin can slightly deepen or saturate the natural color of dried flowers, which often enhances their appearance. Over time, resin pieces exposed to direct sunlight may cause some color shift — use a UV-resistant resin for best long-term results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these be used for candle making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — pressed dried flowers can be applied to the outer surface of pillar or container candles using a heat tool to adhere them, or encased in a clear wax or resin outer layer. Note: dried botanicals should not be placed near a candle wick as they are flammable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the colors consistent within a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese are natural dried flowers — shades within a color option are consistent in tone but may have slight natural variation as each flower is unique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-and-resin-filling-objects\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy \u0026amp; UV Resin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":47678593794242,"sku":"14:771#01","price":44.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":47678593827010,"sku":"14:193#02","price":44.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \u0026 Yellow","offer_id":47678593859778,"sku":"14:173#03","price":44.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sae0c9b21e72f4dcfbc49d2accd75771cf.webp?v=1779246854"},{"product_id":"3-6cm-24-pieces-dried-lavender-flowers-for-epoxy-resin-crafts","title":"Dried Pressed Lavender Flower Stems — 24 pcs | Purple \u0026 White | 3–6cm | For Resin \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDried Pressed Lavender Flower Stems — 24 pcs, Purple \u0026amp; White, 3–6cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReal dried and pressed lavender flower stems with purple and white florets on natural green stems. Each stem is flat-pressed and ranges from approximately 3cm to 6cm in length, making them well-suited for resin embedding, botanical crafts, and decorative applications. Sold in a pack of 24 pieces with natural variation in size and color between stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Real dried pressed lavender flower stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple and white florets on green stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 3cm to 6cm in length (mixed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 pieces per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat-pressed, ready to embed or apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal botanicals — genuine lavender stems, not synthetic or printed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat-pressed — ready to embed in resin or apply to surfaces without additional pressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStem included — the natural green stem adds length and a botanical, organic look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed sizes — natural variation in stem length for layered and asymmetric designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePurple and white color variation — natural tonal differences between individual stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin jewelry — embed in pendants, earrings, and rings for a botanical look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin coasters, trays, and decorative castings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin projects — works well in shallow UV resin molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandle making — press onto the surface of pillar or container candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCard making, scrapbooking, and paper crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin bookmarks and keychains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Use in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal stems with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge before embedding to prevent color bleed or browning over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a base layer of resin first, let it partially cure, then place stems and pour the top layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle with tweezers to avoid transferring oils from your fingers to the delicate florets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unused stems in a sealed bag away from moisture and direct sunlight to preserve color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the color fade in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDried botanicals can shift in color over time when embedded in resin, especially with UV exposure. Sealing stems before embedding and using a UV-resistant resin can help slow color change. Some natural color variation is expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these real lavender flowers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these are genuine lavender stems that have been dried and pressed. They are not artificial or printed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these have a scent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDried pressed lavender retains very little scent after the pressing process. If fragrance is important for your project, we recommend using lavender essential oil or fragrance oil separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-other-embellishments\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e collection, explore all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy and UV Resin\u003c\/a\u003e supplies, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies-1\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"24 Pieces","offer_id":47678597562562,"sku":"14:496;5:361385#24Pieces","price":19.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S1a821aefd053410e892a1fb4fba66b336.webp?v=1779247359"},{"product_id":"1-3-4cm-dried-pressed-hydrangea-petals-for-resin-crafts-24-pieces","title":"Dried Pressed Hydrangea Petals — 24 pcs | Blue \u0026 Lavender | 1.3–4cm | For Resin \u0026 Crafts","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDried Pressed Hydrangea Petals — 24 pcs, Blue \u0026amp; Lavender, Mixed Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReal dried and pressed hydrangea petals in soft blue and lavender tones, sold in a mixed-size assortment of 24 pieces. Petals range from approximately 1.3cm to 4cm across, providing a natural variety of small accent petals and larger statement petals in a single pack. Each petal retains its natural veining, scalloped edges, and delicate color gradients from the drying process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Real dried pressed hydrangea petals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue and lavender tones with cream\/white centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1.3cm to 4cm (mixed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 pieces per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Flat-pressed, ready to embed or apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal botanicals — genuine hydrangea petals, not synthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed sizes — small accent petals and larger statement petals in one pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat-pressed — ready to embed in resin or apply to surfaces without additional pressing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural color variation — soft blue, lavender, and cream tones with visible veining\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicate scalloped edges — retain the natural petal shape and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin jewelry — embed in pendants, rings, and earrings for a botanical look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin coasters, trays, and decorative castings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin projects — small petals work well in UV resin molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandle making — press onto the surface of pillar or container candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCard making, scrapbooking, and paper crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResin bookmarks and keychains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Use in Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeal petals with a thin layer of resin or Mod Podge before embedding to prevent color bleed or browning over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour a base layer of resin first, let it partially cure, then place petals and pour the top layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle with tweezers to avoid transferring oils from your fingers to the petals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unused petals in a sealed bag away from moisture and direct sunlight to preserve color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the color fade in resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDried botanicals can shift in color over time when embedded in resin, especially with UV exposure. Sealing petals before embedding and using a UV-resistant resin can help slow color change. Some color variation is a natural characteristic of real dried flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these real flowers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these are genuine hydrangea petals that have been dried and pressed. They are not artificial or printed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Dried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dried-flowers-other-embellishments\"\u003eDried Flowers \u0026amp; Resin Filling Objects\u003c\/a\u003e collection, explore all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy and UV Resin\u003c\/a\u003e supplies, or shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies-1\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"24 Pieces","offer_id":47681500709058,"sku":"14:202888825#YC18-Blue;5:361385#24Pieces","price":22.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Se1af50b4743d4345bce763053192676f3.webp?v=1779312463"},{"product_id":"10-disposable-clear-graduated-plastic-mixing-and-measuring-cups-for-paint-and-resin","title":"Disposable Plastic Mixing Cups for Resin \u0026 Paint — 600ml with Ratio Scales, 10 Pack","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDisposable Plastic Mixing Cups for Resin \u0026amp; Paint — 600ml, 10 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA pack of 10 disposable clear plastic mixing cups for epoxy resin, UV resin, and paint. Each 600ml cup features a detailed printed graduation system with a ml scale and multi-ratio mixing guides including percentage markers — making it easy to measure precise mix ratios directly in the cup without a scale. Straight-sided cylindrical shape for stable mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e10 × disposable clear plastic mixing cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapacity: 600ml per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCup Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear polypropylene (PP) plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e straight-sided cylindrical cup — stable base, consistent diameter for easy stirring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduation markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e ml scale (50ml to 600ml) printed on the side\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRatio scales:\u003c\/strong\u003e multiple mixing ratio guides with 10%, 20%, 30%, and 40% percentage markers — ideal for measuring hardener-to-resin ratios and paint-to-medium ratios without a separate scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparency:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully clear for easy visibility of resin color and consistency during mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisposal:\u003c\/strong\u003e single-use disposable — cured resin cannot be removed from plastic cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible With\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin (two-part mixing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaint and medium mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAutomotive coatings and primers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePolyurethane and polyester resins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAny application requiring precise volume or ratio measurement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow It Compares to Our 1000ml Cups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThese 600ml cups suit small-to-medium resin projects — jewelry molds, medium art pieces, and single mold pours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOur \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003e1000ml \/ 32oz cups (25 pack)\u003c\/a\u003e are better suited to large pours, art slabs, and tabletop coating projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoth feature the same detailed ratio scale printing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck your resin manufacturer’s specified mix ratio before pouring — use the matching ratio scale on the cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor a 1:1 ratio, use the ml scale and measure equal volumes of Part A and Part B.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDispose of cups promptly after use — do not allow a large volume of resin to fully cure inside the cup as the exothermic curing reaction generates heat that may warp the plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n10 cups per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — these are single-use disposable cups. Cured resin bonds to plastic and cannot be removed. For a reusable option, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eSilicone Measuring Cups\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mix ratios are printed on the cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe cups include a ml scale plus printed ratio guides with 10%, 20%, 30%, and 40% percentage markers for multiple mix ratios. Check your specific resin kit for its required ratio and use the corresponding scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy \u0026amp; UV Resin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"600ml","offer_id":47711184158914,"sku":"14:200006152#10Pcs","price":12.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S8ac690d9db9847509a0d36062b5b062aN.webp?v=1780090648"},{"product_id":"32-oz-1000ml-disposable-clear-graduated-plastic-mixing-and-measuring-cups-for-paint-and-resin-25-pack-1","title":"Disposable Plastic Mixing Cups for Resin \u0026 Paint — 1000ml \/ 32oz with Ratio Scales, 25 Pack","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDisposable Plastic Mixing Cups for Resin \u0026amp; Paint — 1000ml \/ 32oz, 25 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA pack of 25 large-capacity disposable plastic mixing cups for epoxy resin, UV resin, and paint. Each 1000ml (32oz) cup features detailed printed graduation scales including milliliters, plus multi-ratio mixing guides (1:3 and 1:4 with 10%\/20%\/30% markers) printed directly on the cup — making it easy to measure accurate mix ratios without a scale. Flared cup shape for easy pouring and stirring access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25 × disposable clear plastic mixing cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCapacity: 1000ml \/ 32oz per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCup Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear polypropylene (PP) plastic — food-grade, BPA-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e wide-mouth flared\/tapered cup — wide opening for easy stirring, tapered base for controlled pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduation markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e ml scale (50ml to 950ml increments) printed on the side\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRatio scales:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1:3 and 1:4 mixing ratio guides with 10%, 20%, and 30% percentage markers — ideal for measuring hardener-to-resin ratios and paint-to-medium ratios without a scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparency:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully clear for easy visibility of resin color and consistency during mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisposal:\u003c\/strong\u003e single-use disposable — cured resin cannot be removed from plastic cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible With\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin (two-part mixing at various ratios)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaint and medium mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAutomotive coatings and primers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePolyurethane and polyester resins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAny application requiring precise volume or ratio measurement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Ratio Scales Matter for Resin\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost epoxy resins mix at a fixed ratio — commonly 1:1, 2:1, or 3:1 (resin to hardener by volume). An incorrect ratio will prevent the resin from curing fully, leaving a permanently tacky or soft result. The printed ratio guides on these cups let you measure directly in the cup without needing a separate scale, reducing the risk of measurement error.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck your resin manufacturer’s specified mix ratio before pouring — use the matching ratio scale on the cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor a 1:1 ratio, use the ml scale and measure equal volumes of Part A and Part B.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe large 1000ml capacity is well-suited to big pours — art slabs, large molds, and tabletop coating projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDispose of cups before resin fully cures inside — curing resin generates heat (exothermic reaction) and can warp or crack the cup if left to cure with a large volume inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n25 cups per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — these are single-use disposable cups. Unlike silicone cups, cured resin bonds to plastic and cannot be peeled out. Dispose of after use. For a reusable option, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eSilicone Measuring Cups\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat mix ratios are printed on the cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe cups include a ml scale plus printed ratio guides for 1:3 and 1:4 mixing ratios, with 10%, 20%, and 30% percentage markers. For a 1:1 ratio, use the ml scale to measure equal volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy \u0026amp; UV Resin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"32 oz","offer_id":47711186518210,"sku":"14:193#Transparent","price":48.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sd69a75535df949c19a0c4d43d8e2cd0cI_97c6fa52-3111-44bf-b14c-95a591471a01.webp?v=1780091138"},{"product_id":"set-of-silicone-measuring-cups-and-stir-sticks-for-epoxy-resin-molds-and-candle-making","title":"Silicone Measuring Cup \u0026 Stir Stick Set for Resin \u0026 Candle Making — 9-Piece","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilicone Measuring Cup \u0026amp; Stir Stick Set for Resin \u0026amp; Candle Making — 9-Piece\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA complete reusable silicone tool set for mixing and pouring resin and candle wax. Includes four 100ml graduated beaker cups, one large 600ml wide mixing bowl, two small color-mixing pour cups, and three silicone stirring sticks. All pieces are food-grade silicone — cured resin peels out cleanly, making the entire set fully reusable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s in the Set (9 pieces)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 × 100ml graduated beaker-style cups — with embossed ml and fl.oz graduation markings and a single pour spout; use one cup per resin component or color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × 600ml wide-profile mixing bowl — low, wide bowl shape ideal for combining and mixing larger batches; includes a pour spout\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × small triangular pour cups — boat-shaped mini cups designed for mixing and pouring individual pigment colors or small accent amounts into molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3 × blue silicone stirring sticks — flexible, reusable, easy to wipe clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade silicone — flexible, non-stick, heat-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes — allow resin residue to cure fully, then flex to peel out. Wipe clean with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduations:\u003c\/strong\u003e embossed ml and fl.oz markings on the 100ml beaker cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for candle wax temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e translucent white cups and bowl; blue silicone stir sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuggested Workflow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the 4 × 100ml cups to measure out individual resin components or to prepare separate pigment colors before combining\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the 600ml bowl as your main mixing vessel — combine measured resin parts here and stir thoroughly before pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the 2 small pour cups to mix and pour accent colors directly into your mold for swirl, marble, or layered color effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the silicone stir sticks to mix resin, blend pigments, and swirl colors in molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Clean \u0026amp; Reuse\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow residual resin to fully cure inside the cup or on the stir stick, then flex or peel to remove. Wipe with isopropyl alcohol for a clean finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandle wax:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow wax to cool and solidify, then flex to release. Wipe residue with a paper towel and wash with warm soapy water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many cups are included and what sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n9 pieces in total: 4 × 100ml graduated beaker cups, 1 × 600ml wide mixing bowl, 2 × small triangular pour cups for color mixing, and 3 × silicone stir sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the stir sticks reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the blue silicone stir sticks are fully reusable. Cured resin peels off silicone cleanly. Wipe with isopropyl alcohol between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this set suitable for candle making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — all pieces are heat-resistant silicone suitable for melting and pouring candle wax. The 600ml mixing bowl is particularly useful for blending candle dye into wax before pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Measuring Cups","offer_id":47711191466178,"sku":"14:200006151#1 Set","price":27.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S512c0761f34a49d88b18a869b3a57e6bQ.webp?v=1780091525"},{"product_id":"30ml-1000ml-silicone-measuring-cups-transparent-for-epoxy-resin-or-candle-making-projects","title":"Reusable Silicone Measuring Cups for Resin \u0026 Candle Making — 30ml to 1000ml (10 Sizes)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReusable Silicone Measuring Cups for Resin \u0026amp; Candle Making — 30ml to 1000ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFlexible, reusable silicone measuring cups for mixing and pouring epoxy resin, UV resin, candle wax, pigments, and other craft mediums. Cured resin peels cleanly out of silicone — making these cups fully reusable, unlike disposable plastic cups. Available in 10 sizes from 30ml to 1000ml, including Black Scale variants with high-visibility printed graduations. Select your size from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes \u0026amp; Prices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30ml — $7.66\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50ml — $8.12\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100ml — $8.50\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e250ml — $9.78\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e350ml — $13.14\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e450ml — $15.32\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600ml — $17.64\u003c\/strong\u003e — wide bowl profile (14.6cm × 8.5cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600ml Black Scale — $16.92\u003c\/strong\u003e — printed black graduations for easier reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1000ml — $21.76\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000ml Black Scale — $21.96\u003c\/strong\u003e — printed black graduations for easier reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard vs. Black Scale\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard:\u003c\/strong\u003e embossed\/raised graduation markings in ml and fl.oz — markings are part of the silicone surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Scale:\u003c\/strong\u003e printed black graduation markings — significantly easier to read, especially when working with tinted or pigmented resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoth variants are the same food-grade silicone material and are equally reusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCup Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e food-grade silicone — flexible, non-stick, heat-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes — cured resin peels cleanly from silicone; wax pours out easily once cooled\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduations:\u003c\/strong\u003e ml and fl.oz markings (embossed on standard; printed on Black Scale)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePour spout:\u003c\/strong\u003e single integrated pour spout on all sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone is heat-resistant — suitable for candle wax temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparency:\u003c\/strong\u003e semi-translucent white silicone — allows visibility of resin color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Clean \u0026amp; Reuse\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow any residual resin to fully cure inside the cup, then flex the silicone to pop it out in one piece. Wipe clean with isopropyl alcohol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandle wax:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow the wax to cool and solidify, then flex the cup to release. Wipe any residue with a paper towel. Wash with warm soapy water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not put in the dishwasher with resin residue present — cure resin fully and peel out before washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the Right Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–100ml:\u003c\/strong\u003e small jewelry molds, UV resin work, pigment mixing, single-pour pendant molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250–350ml:\u003c\/strong\u003e medium molds, two-part epoxy mixing for small-to-medium projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e450–600ml:\u003c\/strong\u003e large molds such as cube lamps, vase molds, and art slabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000ml:\u003c\/strong\u003e large batch mixing, big art slabs, or multiple pours from a single mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor two-part epoxy resin: use a cup at least double the volume of your total resin mix to allow room for stirring without overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I reuse these cups after mixing epoxy resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — this is the key advantage of silicone over disposable plastic cups. Allow any leftover resin to cure fully inside the cup (this may take 24–48 hours), then flex the cup to peel the cured resin out cleanly. The silicone is unaffected by cured epoxy resin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these heat-safe for candle wax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — food-grade silicone is heat-resistant and suitable for pouring candle wax. Avoid exposing the cups to an open flame or direct heat source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I buy for mixing a 200ml epoxy resin kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse a 350ml or 450ml cup — this gives enough headroom to stir thoroughly without splashing. A cup that is too small makes it difficult to scrape the sides and mix evenly, which can lead to incomplete curing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose Black Scale over standard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe printed black graduations on the Black Scale variants are significantly easier to read than the embossed markings on standard cups, particularly when the cup contains resin or pigmented liquid. Recommended if accurate ratio measurement is important to your workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"30ML","offer_id":47711196545218,"sku":"14:200006151#30ML","price":7.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50ML","offer_id":47711196446914,"sku":"14:200006152#50ML","price":8.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100ML","offer_id":47711196414146,"sku":"14:200006153#100ML","price":8.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"250ML","offer_id":47711196512450,"sku":"14:200006154#250ML","price":9.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"350ML","offer_id":47711196315842,"sku":"14:200005536#350ML","price":13.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"450ML","offer_id":47711196283074,"sku":"14:200004889#450ML","price":15.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600ML","offer_id":47711196381378,"sku":"14:200004890#600ML","price":17.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000ML","offer_id":47711196610754,"sku":"14:200002984#1000ML","price":21.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600ML-Black Scale","offer_id":47711196348610,"sku":"14:200003699#600ML-Black Scale","price":16.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000ML-Black Scale","offer_id":47711196577986,"sku":"14:200002130#1000ML-Black Scale","price":21.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sb6a5c8e09de3477a93dc5146812ac483C.webp?v=1780092018"},{"product_id":"8oz-disposable-plastic-measuring-cups-with-stirring-sticks-for-epoxy-resin-mixing-or-candle-wax-dying","title":"Graduated Plastic Measuring Cups for Resin \u0026 Candle Making — 250ml, with or without Stirring Sticks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGraduated Plastic Measuring Cups for Resin \u0026amp; Candle Making — 250ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClear graduated polypropylene measuring cups for mixing epoxy resin, UV resin, candle wax, pigments, paints, and alcohol inks. Thick-walled, crack-resistant, with a rolled rim for controlled pouring. Available in bundles of 20, 50, 80, or 100 cups — with or without matching wooden stirring sticks. Select your bundle from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOptions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20pcs w\/20 Sticks — $12.52:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 measuring cups + 20 wooden stirring sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50pcs w\/50 Sticks — $20.80:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 measuring cups + 50 wooden stirring sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50pcs Measuring Cups — $18.10:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 measuring cups only (no sticks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80pcs Measuring Cups — $25.44:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 measuring cups only (no sticks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100pcs Measuring Cup — $30.24:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 measuring cups only (no sticks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCup Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250ml (8 fl oz) per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e clear polypropylene (PP) plastic — thick-walled, sturdy, crack-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraduated markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e printed measurement lines in ml and oz for accurate mixing ratios\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRim:\u003c\/strong\u003e rolled rim for added strength and controlled, drip-free pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransparency:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully clear for easy visibility of resin color and consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisposal:\u003c\/strong\u003e single-use disposable — resin and wax residue cannot be cleaned out once cured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible With\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEpoxy resin (two-part mixing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandle wax and dye mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePigments, mica powder, and alcohol inks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaints and other craft mediums\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScientific experiments and hobby applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips for Resin Mixing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a separate cup for each component when measuring two-part epoxy resin — measure Part A and Part B individually before combining into a third cup for mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThe graduated markings make it easy to achieve accurate 1:1 or 2:1 mix ratios without a scale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir slowly and thoroughly for at least 3–5 minutes, scraping the sides and bottom of the cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDispose of cups promptly after use — do not allow resin to fully cure inside the cup as it generates heat during exothermic curing and may warp or crack the cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor candle wax: these cups are heat-resistant to moderate temperatures. Do not pour wax that exceeds the safe working temperature of polypropylene (approximately 120°C \/ 248°F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these cups reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — these are single-use disposable cups. Cured resin cannot be removed from the cup. For candle wax, some makers reuse cups by allowing the wax to cool and flex out, but this is not guaranteed and depends on the wax type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the graduated markings accurate enough for resin mixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the printed ml and oz markings are suitable for measuring resin mix ratios by volume. For critical applications requiring high precision, a digital scale measuring by weight is more accurate, but these cups are well-suited to standard 1:1 and 2:1 epoxy resin kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the wooden stirring sticks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe included wooden sticks are standard craft\/popsicle stick size — suitable for stirring resin in 250ml cups and smaller mixing containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"20pcs w\/20 Sticks","offer_id":47723159617730,"sku":"14:200005536#20pcs With 20 Sticks;26:200006905","price":12.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50pcs w\/50 Sticks","offer_id":47723159486658,"sku":"14:200004889#50pcs With 50 Sticks;26:200006905","price":20.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50pcs Measuring Cups","offer_id":47723159650498,"sku":"14:200006152#50pcs Measuring Cups;26:200006905","price":18.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"80pcs Measuring Cups","offer_id":47723159683266,"sku":"14:200006153#80pcs Measuring Cups;26:200006905","price":25.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100pcs Measuring Cup","offer_id":47723159552194,"sku":"14:200006154#100pcs Measuring Cup;26:200006905","price":30.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S986fe0687cdd49e595b32129fb35f4798.webp?v=1780333864"},{"product_id":"18cm-candle-wick-trimmer-stainless-steel-scissors-trim-wick-cutter-round-head-candles-core-shears-handmade-tools","title":"Candle Wick Trimmer — Stainless Steel Round-Head Scissors | Rose Gold or Multicolor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCandle Wick Trimmer — Stainless Steel Round-Head Scissors | Rose Gold or Multicolor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn 18cm stainless steel candle wick trimmer with a round catch-head design. The angled neck reaches deep into jar candles and glass containers, while the round head catches trimmed wick debris so it doesn’t fall into the wax. Available in a polished rose gold finish or an iridescent multicolor finish. Choose your color from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: stainless steel — rust-resistant, durable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLength: 18cm \/ 7.1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesign: angled neck with round debris-catching head\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRound head catches trimmed wick pieces — keeps wax surface clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAngled blade reaches the bottom of deep jar candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrims wicks to the recommended 5–7mm in one clean cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in: Rose Gold (polished metallic finish) or Multicolor (iridescent rainbow finish)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for cotton wicks, wooden wicks, and braided wicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Trim Your Wick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrimming the wick to 5–7mm before every burn is the single most important thing you can do to extend candle life and reduce smoke. An untrimmed wick produces a larger, flickering flame that consumes wax too quickly, generates soot, and can cause the glass to overheat. A properly trimmed wick burns steadily, cleanly, and significantly extends the total burn time of your candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow short should I trim the wick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTrim to 5–7mm (about ¼ inch) above the wax surface before every burn, including the first. If the flame is very large or flickering after lighting, extinguish, allow to cool, and trim shorter before relighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the round head do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe round disc at the tip of the trimmer is designed to catch the trimmed piece of wick so it doesn’t fall into the melted wax pool. Wick debris in the wax can cause uneven burning and excess smoke on the next burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this for wooden wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the stainless steel blades are strong enough to trim wooden wicks cleanly. Wooden wicks can char and flake at the tip after burning; always trim away the charred section before relighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the angled neck make a difference?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the angled neck allows you to reach the wick at the bottom of deep jar candles without your hand touching the sides of the glass or disturbing the wax surface. Standard scissors can’t reach the bottom of a tall narrow candle jar cleanly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich finish should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRose gold has a warm, polished metallic finish — a classic choice that pairs well with most candle aesthetics. Multicolor has an iridescent rainbow finish that shifts in the light — a bolder, more decorative option. Both are the same trimmer in terms of function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Rose gold","offer_id":48705800569026,"sku":"14:200006154#Rose gold","price":13.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicolor","offer_id":48705800601794,"sku":"14:200006156#Multicolor","price":13.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S0b15c669af87491e8b8cfec293289715i.webp?v=1788174702"},{"product_id":"smokeless-candle-wicks-2-6-20cm-pre-waxed-cotton-core-wicks-with-metal-sustainer-tabs-diy-handmade-candle-making-tools-1","title":"Pre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks 12cm — 100pcs with 5 Wooden Centering Sticks","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks 12cm — 100pcs with 5 Wooden Centering Sticks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e100 pre-waxed cotton candle wicks, 12cm long, with metal sustainer tabs — plus 5 wooden centering sticks included. Ready to use straight from the pack. The 12cm length suits medium to large container candles and jar candles where the wax depth is approximately 8–12cm. Compatible with soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and coconut wax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 100% natural cotton, pre-waxed — clean burning, low smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLength: 12cm \/ 4.7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes metal sustainer tabs — one per wick, pre-attached\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes 5 wooden centering sticks for holding wicks centered while wax sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuantity: 100 wicks + 5 centering sticks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and coconut wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for container candles, jar candles, and tealights (trim to length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrim to 5–7mm above the wax surface before the first burn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the metal sustainer tab to the inside base of your container using a wick sticker or a small dab of hot wax. Thread the wick through one of the holes in a wooden centering stick and rest the stick across the top of the container to hold the wick upright and centered. Pour your melted wax slowly and allow to cool fully without moving. Trim the wick to 5–7mm before lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat container size is 12cm right for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 12cm wick suits containers with a wax depth of approximately 8–12cm. For shallower containers, a shorter wick (6cm or 8cm) is a better fit. You can also trim a longer wick down — always leave at least 1–2cm above the wax surface before trimming to final height after pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these wicks pre-waxed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these wicks are pre-waxed, which means the cotton has been coated in wax during manufacturing. This makes them stiffer (easier to work with), helps them light more reliably on the first burn, and reduces the chance of the wick bending or falling over before the wax sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the wooden sticks for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 5 included wooden centering sticks lay across the top of your container. Thread the wick through the hole to hold it straight and centered while the wax cools. One stick can be reused across multiple pours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these wicks produce smoke?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCotton wicks produce very little smoke when properly trimmed and used with a clean-burning wax. Always trim the wick to 5–7mm before each burn and avoid burning in a draft, which can cause uneven flames and excess smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for soy wax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these pre-waxed cotton wicks work well with soy wax, paraffin, beeswax, and coconut wax. Wick sizing depends on your container diameter, not just length — if you find the melt pool is too small or too large, adjust wick thickness in your next batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"12cm-100pcs","offer_id":48705886093506,"sku":"14:200006153#12cm-100pcs","price":12.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sf91ab00c9e294b1f8f5099abc49ee49cF.webp?v=1788175168"},{"product_id":"natural-wooden-candle-wicks-wood-wick-with-metal-holders-for-soy-wax-candle-diy-candle-making-supplies-aromatherapy-craft","title":"Wooden Candle Wicks with Metal Holders — Natural Wood Wicks for Soy \u0026 Beeswax Candles","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden Candle Wicks with Metal Holders — Natural Wood Wicks for Soy \u0026amp; Beeswax Candles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNatural wooden candle wicks with metal sustainer clips. Wooden wicks produce a gentle crackling sound as they burn — similar to a wood fire — and create a wide, even flame that melts wax across a broad surface. Ideal for container candles made with soy wax, coconut wax, or beeswax. Choose your width and length from the dropdown; each bag contains 10 wicks with clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8mm x 90mm — 5 Bags (50pcs)\u003c\/strong\u003e — narrow wick, suitable for small containers up to approximately 5–6cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12.5mm x 150mm — 5 Bags (50pcs)\u003c\/strong\u003e — medium wick, suitable for medium containers approximately 6–8cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15mm x 150mm — 5 Bags (50pcs)\u003c\/strong\u003e — wider wick, suitable for medium-large containers approximately 8–10cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19mm x 130mm — 5 Bags (50pcs)\u003c\/strong\u003e — wide wick, suitable for large containers approximately 10–12cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19mm x 130mm — 3 Bags (30pcs)\u003c\/strong\u003e — same wide wick in a smaller quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: natural wood (birch) — unbleached, no additives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes metal sustainer clips — one clip per wick, pre-assembled or clip-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces a gentle crackling\/popping sound when burning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWide flat flame provides a broad, even melt pool\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with soy wax, coconut wax, beeswax, and paraffin wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot pre-waxed — can be soaked in wax before use for easier lighting (recommended)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bag contains 10 wicks + 10 metal clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the metal sustainer clip to the base of the wooden wick. For easier first lighting, soak the wick in your wax or fragrance oil for a few minutes before assembly — this helps the wood absorb fuel and light more reliably. Secure the clip to the base of your container using a wick sticker or a small amount of wax. Center the wick using a wick holder bar or centering tool. Pour your melted wax and allow to cool fully. Trim the wick to 3–5mm before the first burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo wooden wicks crackle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — natural wooden wicks produce a soft crackling or popping sound as they burn, similar to a fireplace. The intensity varies depending on the wood thickness, wax type, and fragrance oil used. Soy wax tends to produce a quieter, more consistent crackle than paraffin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right width?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAs a general guide: 8mm for containers up to ~6cm diameter, 12.5mm for ~6–8cm, 15mm for ~8–10cm, and 19mm for ~10–12cm. Wood wick sizing depends on wax type and fragrance load, so always do a test burn before committing to a full production run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy won’t my wooden wick stay lit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis is the most common wooden wick issue. The most effective fix is to soak the wick in wax or fragrance oil before use so the wood is primed with fuel. Also ensure the wick is trimmed to 3–5mm — too long and the flame will be too large and unstable; too short and it may not stay lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre wooden wicks suitable for soy wax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — soy wax is one of the best wax types for wooden wicks. Its lower melting point and softer consistency allows the wick to draw wax fuel efficiently. Soy also produces a cleaner, quieter crackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to pre-wax these wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese wicks are not pre-waxed. Pre-soaking in melted wax or fragrance oil before use is strongly recommended for reliable lighting. Simply dip the wick, allow it to absorb for a minute, then remove and allow to cool before assembling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"8mm x 90mm-5Bags","offer_id":48705921712322,"sku":"14:351075#8mm x 90mm-5Bags","price":15.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12.5mm x 150mm-5Bags","offer_id":48705921745090,"sku":"14:351074#12.5mm x 150mm-5Bags","price":16.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm x 150mm-5Bags","offer_id":48705921843394,"sku":"14:200004870#15mm x 150mm-5Bags","price":17.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19mm x 130mm-3Bags","offer_id":48705921810626,"sku":"14:200006152#19mm x 130mm-3Bags","price":13.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19mm x 130mm-5Bags","offer_id":48705921777858,"sku":"14:200006153#19mm x 130mm-5Bags","price":17.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sf28d5cc1ae6247b9856852b7038f340fT.webp?v=1788175435"},{"product_id":"candle-wick-stickers-candle-making-supplies-wicks-for-candles-suitable-for-wax-fixed-base-brackets-kit-arts-crafts-sewing-home","title":"Candle Wick Stickers 8mm — Double-Sided Adhesive Dots | 200 or 400pcs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCandle Wick Stickers 8mm — Double-Sided Adhesive Dots\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e8mm diameter double-sided adhesive dots for securing wick sustainer tabs to the base of candle containers. Supplied on sheets of 100 stickers. The smaller 8mm size is a precise fit for standard metal wick sustainer tabs and leaves a clean bond with no overhang. Available in 200pcs (2 sheets) or 400pcs (4 sheets).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $7.90 — 2 sheets of 100 stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $8.16 — 4 sheets of 100 stickers — best value for batch making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiameter: 8mm — fits neatly under standard metal wick sustainer tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDouble-sided adhesive — bonds tab to container base on both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied on sheets of 100 stickers for easy storage and dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant adhesive — holds during wax pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks on glass, metal tin, and ceramic container bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClean, residue-free removal from the sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with all standard metal wick sustainer tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeel one sticker from the sheet. Press it firmly onto the flat base of your wick sustainer tab. Peel the backing from the second adhesive side. Press the tab down firmly onto the center of your container base and hold for a few seconds to bond. Thread the wick through your centering tool and pour your wax. The sticker holds the tab securely throughout pouring and cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the difference between these and the 15mm pull-tab wick stickers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese 8mm dots are smaller and designed to sit flush under the tab without overhang — ideal for compact sustainer tabs and tealight cups. The larger pull-tab stickers (sold separately) are easier to peel individually and suit larger tabs. Both are double-sided; choose based on your tab size and workflow preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these hold during high-temperature wax pours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the adhesive is heat-resistant and holds well at standard pour temperatures for soy, paraffin, and coconut wax (typically 50–65°C \/ 120–150°F). For higher temperature pours, allow the sticker to bond to the container base for 30 seconds before pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these work for tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the 8mm size is particularly well-suited to tealight cups, where sustainer tabs are smaller and space is limited. They bond cleanly to both metal and plastic tealight cup bases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many candles can I make with one pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne sticker per candle. The 200pcs pack covers 200 candles; the 400pcs pack covers 400. For batch makers, the 400pcs pack offers significantly better value per sticker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — wick stickers are single-use adhesives. Once bonded, they are not designed to be removed cleanly. For a reusable alternative, consider the magnetic wick centering disc (sold separately) for the pouring stage, and use stickers only for finished candles that will be shipped or stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"200pcs","offer_id":48706482864322,"sku":"14:200006152#8mm 200pcs","price":7.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400pcs","offer_id":48706482929858,"sku":"14:200006151#8mm 400pcs","price":8.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S2b563a46bc5c44db985d03535e82e3930.webp?v=1788177805"},{"product_id":"100pcs-200pcs-candle-wick-stickers-candle-making-supplies-double-sided-stickers-with-small-tails-candle-making-kits-h","title":"Candle Wick Stickers — Double-Sided Adhesive Dots with Pull Tab | 100 or 200pcs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCandle Wick Stickers — Double-Sided Adhesive Dots with Pull Tab\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRound double-sided adhesive dots for anchoring wick sustainer tabs to the base of candle containers. Each sticker has a small pull tab for easy peel-and-place application — no tools needed. Supplied on sheets. Available in 100 or 200pcs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $7.58 — 5 sheets, approximately 20 stickers per sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $8.82 — 10 sheets, best value for batch candle making\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDouble-sided adhesive — bonds wick tab to container base on both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRound dot shape sized to fit standard metal wick sustainer tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePull tab on each sticker for clean, easy peeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied on sheets (approximately 20 stickers per sheet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant adhesive — holds firm during wax pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks on glass, metal, and ceramic container bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with all wick tab sizes up to approximately 15mm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeel one sticker from the sheet using the pull tab. Press the adhesive dot firmly onto the flat base of your wick sustainer tab. Peel the top backing from the sticker to expose the second adhesive side. Press the tab down firmly onto the center of your container base, holding for a few seconds to bond. Thread the wick through your centering tool and pour wax as normal. The sticker holds the tab securely in place throughout pouring and cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I still need wick stickers if I use a magnetic centering disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor the pour itself, a magnetic disc holds the tab without adhesive. However, once the disc is removed after the wax sets, the tab is no longer anchored. For candles that will be transported, sold, or handled before burning, a wick sticker provides a permanent bond that keeps the tab in place through shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these heat-resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the adhesive is formulated to hold during wax pouring. For soy and coconut wax (poured at 50–65°C \/ 120–150°F), the sticker holds reliably. For very high pour temperatures (above 80°C), allow the container base to cool slightly before applying stickers, or apply and let bond fully before pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these work on glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these stickers bond well to smooth glass, metal tin, and ceramic container bases. For best adhesion, ensure the container base is clean, dry, and free of dust or oil before pressing the sticker down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size wick tabs do these fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe adhesive dots are sized to cover standard wick sustainer tabs up to approximately 15mm diameter, which covers the most common tab sizes used with cotton and wooden wicks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — tealight cups have flat metal or plastic bases that these stickers adhere to well. They’re a quick and clean solution for keeping wicks centered in tealight production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"100pcs","offer_id":48706496135362,"sku":"14:200005536#100pcs","price":7.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200pcs","offer_id":48706496168130,"sku":"14:200006154#200pcs","price":8.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S3c5f7530e3704478900593d127a0b9a2u.webp?v=1788178064"},{"product_id":"10-20pcs-candle-wick-holders-candle-wick-fixer-cotton-wick-fixed-iron-clip-stabiliser-diy-candles-making-device-tool-accessories","title":"Wire Candle Wick Stabilizer Clips — 11cm Iron Wick Fixer | 10pcs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWire Candle Wick Stabilizer Clips — 11cm Iron Wick Fixer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIron wire wick stabilizer clips, 11cm \/ 4.3 inches long. Each clip has a triangular wire loop at the top that grips and holds the wick upright, and a pointed base that anchors into the wax or the sustainer tab at the base of the container. A simple, low-profile alternative to wooden sticks or bar holders for keeping wicks centered and straight during pouring. Pack of 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron wire, silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLength: 11cm \/ 4.3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop: triangular wire loop grips the wick and holds it upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase: pointed tip anchors into wax base or container floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact and low-profile — sits inside the container rather than across the rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with cotton, braided, and thin wooden wicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 10 clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThread the wick through the triangular loop at the top of the clip. Press the pointed base of the clip into the wick sustainer tab at the bottom of your container, or into a small amount of poured wax that has partially set. The clip holds the wick upright and centered from inside the container while you pour. Once the wax is fully set, carefully lift the clip out by the loop and remove it. Trim the wick to 5–7mm before the first burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this differ from a wooden centering stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWooden sticks rest across the outside rim of the container and hold the wick from above. These wire clips sit inside the container and support the wick from below and within the wax. This makes them useful when a container rim is too irregular or too small for a stick to rest across, or when you prefer a lower-profile setup during pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these stay in the finished candle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — these are temporary tools used during pouring and cooling only. Once the wax is fully set, remove the clip by pulling the loop upward. The wick remains in place anchored by its sustainer tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wick types work with these clips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe wire loop accommodates standard cotton and braided wicks comfortably. Thin wooden wicks (up to approximately 12mm) can also be threaded through the loop. Very wide wooden wicks may not fit the loop opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I still need a wick sticker to anchor the base?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the clip stabilizes the wick from above but does not replace the wick sticker or adhesive tab at the base. Always secure the sustainer tab to the container floor first, then use the clip to hold the wick upright during pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — remove any wax residue after each use by warming gently or scraping clean. The iron wire is durable enough for repeated use across many pours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"10pcs pack","offer_id":48706513699010,"sku":"14:200006152#10pcs pack","price":9.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S2a3130e16810472e97e8a1226d3624f78.webp?v=1788178591"},{"product_id":"5-10-20-pieces-of-wooden-candle-wick-holders-wick-centering-devices-wick-sticks-wick-holders-for-large-and-multi-wick-candles","title":"Multi-Hole Wooden Candle Wick Centering Sticks — For Large \u0026 Multi-Wick Candles | 5, 10, 20 or 50pcs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMulti-Hole Wooden Candle Wick Centering Sticks — For Large \u0026amp; Multi-Wick Candles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWide wooden wick centering sticks with 7 evenly spaced holes across the length. Designed specifically for large-diameter containers and multi-wick candles where a standard single-hole stick isn’t wide enough or flexible enough. Each stick rests across the rim of your container while you thread one or more wicks through the holes to hold them centered and upright during pouring. Available in packs of 5, 10, 20, or 50.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $7.76\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $8.52\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $9.70\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50pcs\u003c\/strong\u003e — $12.50 — best value for batch production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: natural birch wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e7 evenly spaced holes per stick — for flexible wick positioning across the container\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWide flat design spans large container openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for large jar candles, wide-mouth containers, and multi-wick candles (2, 3 or more wicks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with cotton wicks, braided wicks, and wooden wicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable — wipe clean between pours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure each wick tab to the base of your container. Thread each wick up through the appropriate hole in the centering stick — use the hole positions to space multiple wicks evenly. Rest the stick across the top of the container rim. Adjust wicks so they hang straight. Pour your wax and leave fully undisturbed until set. Remove the stick, trim all wicks to 5–7mm, and the sticks are ready to reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wicks can I center with one stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach stick has 7 holes, so you can position up to 7 wicks per stick — though in practice 2–4 wicks per container is the most common use. The multiple holes also let you choose the best position for a single wick in containers of varying widths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size containers are these designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese sticks are longer and wider than standard single-hole sticks, making them suitable for large-mouth jars, wide tins, and containers where smaller sticks don’t span the opening. They work best on containers with an opening of approximately 10cm or wider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do these differ from the single-hole centering sticks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSingle-hole sticks are compact and suited for standard small-to-medium jars. These multi-hole sticks are longer, wider, and give you the flexibility to position wicks at different points across the container — essential for multi-wick designs and oversized containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — wipe any wax residue off after each pour. They can be reused many times. For longer lifespan, avoid soaking in water; simply scrape or wipe clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these work with wooden wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the holes are sized to accommodate standard wooden wicks. Wider wooden wicks (19mm+) may require a little gentle pressure to thread through but will hold securely once in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"5Pcs","offer_id":48706835316930,"sku":"14:200006154#5Pcs","price":7.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10Pcs","offer_id":48706835284162,"sku":"14:200006153#10Pcs","price":8.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20Pcs","offer_id":48706835382466,"sku":"14:200006152#20Pcs","price":9.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50Pcs","offer_id":48706835349698,"sku":"14:200006151#50Pcs","price":12.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Aefbcab18e3514731aa999d1852f9b60c1.webp?v=1788187141"},{"product_id":"metal-candle-wick-centering-devices-stainless-steel-candle-wick-holder-for-candle-making-diy-making-lovers","title":"Stainless Steel Candle Wick Centering Clips — 5, 10 or 20 Pack","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStainless Steel Candle Wick Centering Clips — 5, 10 or 20 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReusable stainless steel wick centering clips in an hourglass shape. Each clip has two keyhole-shaped slots — one at each end — and ridged grip ends that rest securely across the rim of your container. Thread the wick through the top slot to hold it centered and upright while the wax cools. No adhesive, no tape, no separate bar needed. Available in packs of 5, 10, or 20 for batch candle making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — $10.22 — for small batches or trying the clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — $13.74 — for regular candle making across multiple containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — $21.66 — best value for batch or production-volume pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: stainless steel — rust-resistant, durable, easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShape: hourglass \/ dumbbell with two keyhole wick slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRidged ends grip the container rim and prevent the clip from sliding\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with round jars, square tins, and most standard container shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with all wick types: cotton, braided, and wooden wicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully reusable — wipe or rinse clean between pours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight and compact — easy to store\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the wick tab to the base of your container using a wick sticker or a small dab of hot wax. Thread the wick up through the top keyhole slot of the clip. Rest the clip across the rim of the container so the ridged ends grip both sides. Adjust the wick so it sits straight and centered. Pour your melted wax and leave to cool fully. Once set, lift the clip off the rim and slide the wick out — the clip is ready to reuse immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the two slots for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe top slot holds the wick centered during pouring. The bottom slot on the underside of the clip can be used to thread a second wick or to help guide the wick from below when setting up. For single-wick candles, you’ll primarily use the top slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these work on square or rectangular containers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the ridged ends rest on the rim of any container with a flat or lipped edge, including square tins, oval tins, and jars. As long as the clip is long enough to span the container opening, it will sit stably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these better than wooden centering sticks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBoth work well — the main advantage of metal clips over wooden sticks is durability. Metal clips won’t absorb wax, won’t warp, and can be cleaned and reused indefinitely. Wooden sticks are cheaper per unit but have a shorter lifespan. Metal clips are a better investment for regular candle makers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat container sizes do these fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe clip spans across the container rim — it needs to be slightly longer than the container’s internal diameter to rest on the rim without falling in. These clips suit most standard candle jars and tins up to approximately 8–10cm diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these with wooden wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — wooden wicks are flat and thread easily through the keyhole slot. The slot opening is wide enough to accommodate standard wooden wick widths (up to approximately 15mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"5 Pack","offer_id":48706836496578,"sku":"14:193#5 pack","price":10.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Pack","offer_id":48706836529346,"sku":"14:496#10 pack","price":13.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Pack","offer_id":48706836562114,"sku":"14:1063#20 pack","price":21.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sd1d5cc1d59484b8b9bef2d6e0baa3e80a.webp?v=1788187404"},{"product_id":"nicole-quick-magnetic-candle-wick-centering-setter-tool-with-wick-holder-easy-candle-wicks-centering-tools-for-candle-making","title":"Magnetic Candle Wick Centering Tool — Disc \u0026 Bar Holder Set | 1, 5 or 10pcs","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMagnetic Candle Wick Centering Tool — Disc \u0026amp; Bar Holder Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA two-piece magnetic wick centering system consisting of a circular disc and a notched bar holder. The disc uses a built-in magnet to hold the metal sustainer tab of the wick firmly in position at the base of the container — no stickers or adhesive needed. The concentric size rings (2″–4″) on both the disc and bar let you quickly identify and center the wick for your container diameter. Available as 1, 5 or 10 sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included (per set)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x circular magnetic disc — with concentric size guide rings marked 2″ \/ 2.5″ \/ 3″ \/ 3.5″ \/ 4″\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 x notched bar wick holder — with matching size markings and notched ends to rest across container rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 set\u003c\/strong\u003e — $23.72 — ideal for occasional use or trying the system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 sets\u003c\/strong\u003e — $66.30 — for batch candle making across multiple containers simultaneously\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 sets\u003c\/strong\u003e — $123.54 — best value for regular or production-volume candle makers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow It Works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the magnetic disc at the base of your container. The magnet attracts and holds the metal sustainer tab on the bottom of your wick, keeping it anchored without adhesive. Use the concentric rings to confirm the wick is centered for your container size. Rest the notched bar across the top of the container and thread the wick through the notch to hold it upright. Pour your wax and leave to set. Remove both pieces once the wax is fully cool — both are reusable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMagnetic base — holds the wick tab without stickers or hot glue\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize guide rings marked 2″–4″ on both disc and bar for quick centering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNotched bar rests securely across container rims and holds wick upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully reusable — wipe clean between pours\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with any container shape: round jars, square tins, votives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with all wick types with metal sustainer tabs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-set options for pouring multiple candles at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the magnet work through glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the magnet is strong enough to hold the metal sustainer tab through standard glass jar and container bases. It works best on jars with flat, smooth bases. Thicker or uneven base glass may reduce magnet strength — in that case, use a wick sticker as a backup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I still need wick stickers with this tool?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNot necessarily — the magnetic disc holds the wick tab in place during pouring, removing the need for adhesive. However, once you remove the disc after the wax sets, the wick tab is no longer magnetically anchored. For candles that will be moved or shipped, adding a wick sticker under the tab provides a permanent bond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many containers can I pour at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne set covers one container. Choose the 5-set or 10-set option if you want to run multiple containers simultaneously — a big time saver for batch production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat container sizes does the size guide cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe concentric rings are marked 2″, 2.5″, 3″, 3.5″, and 4″ — covering the most common candle jar diameters from small votives up to wide-mouth jar candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — both the disc and bar are designed for repeated use. Wipe away any wax residue with a cloth after each pour. The magnet retains its strength through many uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"1pcs","offer_id":48706836922562,"sku":"14:200006151#1pcs","price":23.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5pcs","offer_id":48706836955330,"sku":"14:200006152#5pcs","price":66.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10pcs","offer_id":48706836988098,"sku":"14:200006153#10pcs","price":123.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S8ef10af852c8417b8c0aa6a2b83121d9h.webp?v=1788187527"},{"product_id":"candle-punch-tool-hand-drill-equipment-practical-small-tool-punch-needle-candle-wick-tool-diy-candle-making-supplies-durable","title":"Candle Wick Punch Needle Tool — Twin-Tip, Fine Needle or Crochet Tip | DIY Candle Making","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCandle Wick Punch Needle Tool — Twin-Tip, Fine Needle or Crochet Tip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA handheld candle wick punch tool with a non-slip rubber handle, used to create or thread wick holes in set wax, silicone molds, and pillar molds. Available in three tip styles to suit different techniques. All three share the same teal and yellow ergonomic rubber handle (9.9cm) for comfortable grip. Choose your tip style from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwin-Tip Punch Needle (A) — 14.5cm total length, 2mm tip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA double-prong metal tip that punches and widens a wick hole in one action. The two tines create a 2mm channel suitable for threading standard cotton wicks through set wax or firm molds. Best for punching through cooled pillar candles or block wax where a wider, clean channel is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFine Needle (B) — 13.5cm total length, 1mm tip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA single fine-pointed needle, 1mm tip diameter. For piercing precise, narrow holes in silicone molds, thin wax sheets, or partially set wax. Ideal when a minimal entry point is needed before widening with a larger tool, or for very fine wicks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrochet Needle (C) — 13.7cm total length, 1.9mm tip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA single needle with a hooked crochet tip, 1.9mm diameter. Used to thread and pull wick cord through an existing hole in a silicone or rigid mold. The hook catches the wick and draws it through cleanly without fraying. Essential for pillar candle and shaped mold making where the wick is inserted after the wax sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandle: teal\/yellow non-slip rubber, 9.9cm — same across all three variants\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeedle\/tip: stainless metal, sharp and durable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight — 35g\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for silicone molds, rigid plastic molds, set wax blocks, and wax sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot suitable for use on glass or ceramic containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich tip do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePunching a new hole through set wax or a firm mold — \u003cstrong\u003eTwin-Tip (A)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaking a fine entry point in a delicate silicone mold — \u003cstrong\u003eFine Needle (B)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThreading wick through an existing hole — \u003cstrong\u003eCrochet (C)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor complete mold wick work, consider buying all three\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these on silicone molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — all three tips work on silicone molds. The fine needle (B) is best for precision entry points in thin silicone, while the crochet tip (C) is ideal for threading the wick back through once the mold hole is made. The twin-tip (A) is better suited to harder materials like set wax or rigid molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to wait for the wax to fully set before using these?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor punching through wax, yes — the wax should be fully cool and firm before using the twin-tip or fine needle. Partially set wax may deform around the hole rather than holding a clean channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wick size fits through each tip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe twin-tip creates a 2mm channel — suitable for most standard pre-waxed cotton wicks. The crochet tip (1.9mm) handles similar wick thicknesses. The fine needle (1mm) is for very thin wicks or for making a starter hole to be widened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this to make taper candles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese tools are primarily for mold candle making, not taper candles. Taper candles are typically dip-formed or poured around a pre-positioned wick rather than wick-threaded after setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Twin-tip punch needle","offer_id":48706943877314,"sku":"14:200006151#A","price":13.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single straight needle","offer_id":48706943910082,"sku":"14:200006152#B","price":13.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single crochet needle","offer_id":48706943942850,"sku":"14:200006153#C","price":13.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Seaa2ea1dea6348189aedff82c5cf4760y.webp?v=1788187760"},{"product_id":"50pcs-multiple-styles-wooden-candle-wick-holder-diy-scented-candle-making-tool-wick-centering-diy-candle-making-mixing-tools","title":"Wooden Candle Wick Centering Sticks — 50pcs | Single or Multi-Hole | Natural or Multicolor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWooden Candle Wick Centering Sticks — 50pcs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWooden wick centering sticks that rest across the top of your candle container to hold the wick straight and centered while the wax cools. Available in three sizes and two styles — single-hole natural wood sticks or multi-hole colored sticks. 50 sticks per pack. Reusable across multiple pours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11.5 x 1cm — Natural, 1 hole\u003c\/strong\u003e — compact single-hole stick, 11.5cm long and 1cm wide. Suits small to medium containers up to approximately 10cm diameter. 50pcs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 x 1.8cm — Natural, 5 holes\u003c\/strong\u003e — wider stick with 5 evenly spaced holes, 15cm long and 1.8cm wide. Suits containers up to approximately 14cm diameter. 5 holes allow flexible wick positioning for different container widths. 50pcs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 x 1.8cm — Multicolor, 5 holes\u003c\/strong\u003e — same dimensions and function as the natural 15cm stick, but in a mixed rainbow of colors. Useful for color-coding different wax batches, wick sizes, or fragrances during production. 50pcs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 x 1cm — Natural, 1 hole\u003c\/strong\u003e — longer single-hole stick, 18cm long and 1cm wide. Suits larger containers up to approximately 17cm diameter. 50pcs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: natural birch wood (natural variants) or dyed birch wood (multicolor variant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable — wipe clean after use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-hole sticks: 1 central hole per stick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-hole sticks: 5 evenly spaced holes for flexible positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with all wick types: cotton, braided, wooden\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with any container shape: jars, tins, votives, tealight cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50 sticks per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter securing the wick tab to the base of your container, thread the wick through the hole in the centering stick. Rest the stick across the top of the container so it spans the opening. Adjust the wick position so it sits straight in the center of the container. Pour your wax and leave undisturbed until fully set. Remove the stick, trim the wick to 5–7mm, and the stick is ready to reuse on the next pour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMatch the stick length to your container diameter — the stick needs to span across the opening. The 11.5cm stick suits small jars and tealight cups. The 15cm stick covers most standard candle jars. The 18cm stick is best for larger containers and wide-mouth jars. When in doubt, go longer — a stick that’s slightly wider than your container will rest on the rim without falling in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s the advantage of 5 holes vs 1 hole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 5-hole sticks (15 x 1.8cm) let you position the wick at different points across the stick, making them more flexible for containers of different widths. They’re also useful when making multiple-wick candles in a single wide container. Single-hole sticks are simpler and fine for standard single-wick pours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the multicolor sticks for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBeyond aesthetics, the colored sticks are handy for color-coding production batches — for example, using a specific color per fragrance, wick size, or wax type when making candles in bulk. This makes it easier to track which candle is which while cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — simply wipe or scrape any wax residue off after the candle has set and the sticks are ready to reuse. They can withstand many pours before needing replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these work with wooden wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — wooden wicks are flat and can be threaded through the slot or hole just like cotton wicks. For wider wooden wicks, use the 1.8cm wide 5-hole stick which has more clearance than the narrow 1cm sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax\"\u003eCandle Wax\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-fragrance-oils\"\u003eCandle Fragrance Oils\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wax-dyes\"\u003eCandle Wax Dyes\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"11.5X1cm","offer_id":48706963046594,"sku":"14:200006154#11.5X1CM","price":10.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15X1.8cm","offer_id":48706962981058,"sku":"14:200006152#15X1.8CM","price":10.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15X1.8cm multicolor","offer_id":48706963013826,"sku":"14:200006151#15X1.8CM","price":10.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18X1cm","offer_id":48706962948290,"sku":"14:200006153#18X1CM","price":10.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S4b50908e666b48fbb3d59679ef617af73.webp?v=1788187981"},{"product_id":"10pcs-long-tail-clip-rose-gold-dovetail-paper-clips-long-tail-metal-clip-for-file-office-tool-metal-binder-clips-office-school","title":"Rose Gold Long-Tail Binder Clips — Pack of 10 (3 Sizes)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRose Gold Long-Tail Binder Clips — Pack of 10\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRose gold metal long-tail binder clips in three sizes — 15mm, 19mm, and 25mm. A versatile craft and office clip with a wide range of uses, including holding together two-piece silicone molds for candle making and resin casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUse with Two-Piece Silicone Molds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese clips are ideal for securing two-piece silicone candle molds during pouring. Simply align the two mold halves, clip firmly along the seam at regular intervals, and pour your wax or resin. The long tail provides a secure grip on the flexible silicone without distorting the mold shape. The 25mm size is recommended for larger molds with thicker walls; the 15mm and 19mm sizes suit smaller or thinner molds. Use 2–4 clips evenly spaced around the seam for the best seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15mm — Pack of 10 ($9.20)\u003c\/strong\u003e — best for small molds and lightweight tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19mm — Pack of 10 ($10.16)\u003c\/strong\u003e — versatile mid-size, suits most standard two-piece molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm — Pack of 10 ($10.86)\u003c\/strong\u003e — strongest grip, recommended for larger molds and thicker seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: metal with rose gold finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 10 clips per size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-tail \/ dovetail design for secure, even clamping pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for silicone molds (candle, resin, soap, plaster), paper, files, and general office use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many clips do I need for a two-piece silicone mold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor most standard two-piece taper or pillar molds, 2–4 clips evenly spaced around the seam is sufficient. For larger molds (such as the Rose Tree or other large sculptural molds), use 4–6 clips to ensure an even seal and prevent wax or resin from leaking at the seam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose for candle molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 25mm clip provides the strongest clamping force and is best for larger, heavier molds. The 19mm is a good all-rounder for standard molds. The 15mm suits smaller molds or areas of the seam where a lighter clip is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these clips for resin casting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these clips work well for two-piece resin molds. Ensure the mold halves are aligned precisely before clipping, and seal the seam with mold release or tape if needed to prevent resin leakage at the join.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"15mm","offer_id":48707993927874,"sku":"14:29#15mm rose gold Clip","price":9.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19mm","offer_id":48707993960642,"sku":"14:366#19mm rose gold Clip","price":10.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm","offer_id":48707993895106,"sku":"14:100013777#25mm rose gold Clip","price":10.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S7dc764bb644f44c48180ba3ff08ab6819.webp?v=1788204381"},{"product_id":"10-20pcs-heart-pink-binder-clip-heart-shape-handle-metal-paper-photos-tickets-clips-for-office-school-home-stationery-supplies","title":"Heart Handle Binder Clips — Pastel Mixed Colors (10pcs or 20pcs)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeart Handle Binder Clips — Pastel Mixed Colors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMetal binder clips with a heart-shaped handle in four pastel colors — mint, sky blue, lavender, and pink. Available in packs of 10 or 20, supplied as a mixed color assortment. Practical and decorative — suitable for office and stationery use, craft projects, and securing two-piece silicone molds for candle making and resin casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUse with Two-Piece Silicone Molds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese clips work well for holding together two-piece silicone candle molds and resin molds during pouring. Clip evenly along the mold seam — use 2–4 clips for standard molds, more for larger molds. The standard binder clip body provides a firm, even clamping pressure on the silicone without distorting the mold shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePack Sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10pcs — mixed colors ($10.40)\u003c\/strong\u003e — approx. 2–3 clips per color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20pcs — mixed colors ($13.04)\u003c\/strong\u003e — approx. 5 clips per color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: metal body with silver heart-shaped wire handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColors: mint green, sky blue, lavender, and pink — mixed assortment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClip width: 1.9cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for paper, photos, tickets, cards, and craft use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso suitable for securing two-piece silicone candle and resin molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose specific colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — both pack sizes are supplied as a mixed assortment of the four pastel colors. The color split is approximately equal across the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for securing silicone molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the standard binder clip body grips silicone mold seams securely. Use 2–4 clips evenly spaced for most two-piece candle or resin molds. For larger sculptural molds, use more clips to ensure an even seal along the full length of the seam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are these clips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n1.9cm wide — a compact binder clip size suitable for most everyday clamping tasks and standard two-piece silicone molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making \u0026amp; Craft Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or shop all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"10pcs","offer_id":48708005200066,"sku":"14:366#10pcs Mix","price":10.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20pcs","offer_id":48708005167298,"sku":"14:200002984#20pcs Mix","price":13.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S76067aa4843249168f612bf6222d3a4fI.webp?v=1788204642"},{"product_id":"5pcs-metal-binder-clips-paper-clamps-notes-letter-paper-clip-office-school-stationery-binding-securing-clips-15-19-25-32-41-51mm","title":"Black Metal Binder Clips — Pack of 5 (15mm, 19mm or 25mm)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Metal Binder Clips — Pack of 5\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClassic black metal binder clips in three sizes — 15mm, 19mm, and 25mm. Available in packs of 5. A reliable everyday clip for paper and documents, and a practical tool for securing two-piece silicone molds during candle making and resin casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUse with Two-Piece Silicone Molds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese clips are ideal for clamping the seam of two-piece silicone candle molds and resin molds while you pour. Align the two mold halves, then clip firmly along the seam at even intervals. The 25mm clip provides the strongest grip and is recommended for larger or thicker molds; the 15mm and 19mm suit smaller molds and finer seams. Use 2–4 clips per mold for a secure, even seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes — Pack of 5 each\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15mm ($7.14)\u003c\/strong\u003e — small, lightweight clip; best for thin seams and smaller molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19mm ($7.22)\u003c\/strong\u003e — mid-size, versatile; suits most standard two-piece silicone molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm ($7.72)\u003c\/strong\u003e — strongest grip; recommended for larger molds and thicker silicone walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: metal with black finish and silver wire handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColor: black\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 5 clips per size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for paper, documents, photos, and general office use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlso suitable for securing two-piece silicone candle and resin molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I use for silicone candle molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 25mm clip gives the strongest clamping force and works best for larger, heavier two-piece molds such as pillar or sculptural candle molds. The 19mm is a good all-rounder for standard taper and medium pillar molds. The 15mm suits smaller or thinner molds. Buy one of each size to have the right clip for any mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many clips do I need per mold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor most standard two-piece molds, 2–4 clips evenly spaced around the seam is sufficient. For larger molds — such as the Rose Tree or other large sculptural candle molds — use 4–6 clips to ensure a consistent seal and prevent leakage at the join.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use these for resin casting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — these clips work well for two-piece resin molds. Ensure the mold halves are aligned precisely before clipping. For resin, seal the seam with mold release or low-tack tape if needed to prevent leakage at the join line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making \u0026amp; Craft Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or shop all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"15mm","offer_id":48708013293762,"sku":"14:29#15mm 5pcs","price":7.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25mm","offer_id":48708013326530,"sku":"14:10#25mm 5pcs","price":7.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19mm","offer_id":48708013359298,"sku":"14:366#19mm 5pcs","price":7.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sc357daa478524d2c945c53ab46b9006ay.webp?v=1788204840"},{"product_id":"50pcs-small-binder-clips-15mm-metal-paper-clips-colorful-paperwork-clip-for-office-teacher-gifts-kitchen-supplies-storage-clip","title":"Mini Binder Clips 15mm — Pack of 50 (Black or Mixed Colors)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMini Binder Clips 15mm — Pack of 50\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSmall 15mm metal binder clips in a generous pack of 50. Available in all black or a mixed pastel assortment — pink, sky blue, teal, and yellow. At this size, these are ideal for lightweight clamping tasks in the office, classroom, and kitchen, as well as craft and candle making applications where a small, firm clip is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVariants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed Colors — 50pcs ($12.72)\u003c\/strong\u003e — mixed assortment of pink, sky blue, teal, and yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack — 50pcs ($13.02)\u003c\/strong\u003e — all black, classic finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: 15mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron metal with silver wire handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 50 clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed: approximately equal split of pink, blue, teal, and yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable — handles fold flat for compact storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for paper, photos, bags, food packaging, craft projects, and office use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mini clips are a practical bulk buy for a wide range of everyday tasks — clipping papers, sealing snack bags, organising receipts, labelling craft materials, and keeping wick tabs and small components together during candle making and resin projects. The mixed color pack is popular for color-coding files, notes, and project materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for silicone molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAt 15mm, these clips are on the small side for clamping two-piece silicone candle molds — they work best on smaller, thinner molds or lighter-duty clamping. For larger or heavier two-piece molds, we recommend our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003e19mm or 25mm binder clips\u003c\/a\u003e which provide a stronger grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose specific colors in the mixed pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — the mixed pack is supplied as an assorted color mix of pink, sky blue, teal, and yellow. The color split is approximately equal. If you need a single color, choose the Black variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow durable are these clips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe clips are made from iron metal and are fully reusable. The wire handles fold flat against the clip body for compact storage and pop back into position for use. With normal use they will last indefinitely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making \u0026amp; Craft Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or shop all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Mixed","offer_id":48708039278786,"sku":"14:200006151#15mm Mixed 50pcs","price":12.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":48708039246018,"sku":"14:200006152#15mm Black 50pcs","price":13.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sc51869823c9c47af95a263945f134375Y.webp?v=1788205342"},{"product_id":"15mm-mini-black-binder-clips-for-home-school-office-storage-grips-foldback-metal-clip-stainless-steel-paper-clamps-wholesale","title":"Mini Black Binder Clips 15mm — Pack of 10, 20 or 30","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMini Black Binder Clips 15mm — Packs of 10, 20 or 30\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSmall 15mm black metal foldback binder clips in your choice of pack size — 10, 20, or 30 clips. Clip size: 1.5cm wide × 2.6cm tall. A versatile mini clip for paper, photos, food bags, craft materials, and candle making. Reusable with folding wire handles for compact storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePack Sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10pcs ($7.98)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20pcs ($8.96)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30pcs ($10.16)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSize: 1.5cm wide × 2.6cm tall (15mm clip width)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: stainless steel \/ iron metal, black finish with silver wire handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColor: black\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandles fold flat for compact storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for paper, photos, food bags, craft materials, and general clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese compact clips are useful across a wide range of home, office, and craft applications — clipping papers and receipts, sealing snack or food bags, organizing craft materials and wick components, labelling storage jars, and keeping small items together during candle making and resin projects. Buy in the pack size that suits your needs, or stock up with the 30pcs pack for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these be used for silicone molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAt 15mm, these clips work for smaller, thinner two-piece silicone molds. For larger or heavier candle molds, we recommend our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003e19mm or 25mm binder clips\u003c\/a\u003e which provide a stronger clamping force along the mold seam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the handles removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the wire handles can be folded flat against the clip body for storage, or removed entirely for a low-profile clip. They snap back into place easily for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the clip capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAt 15mm, these clips hold up to approximately 3–5mm of material (around 30–50 sheets of standard paper). They are best suited to light-to-medium clamping tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making \u0026amp; Craft Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, shop \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or shop all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"10pcs","offer_id":48708047503554,"sku":"14:200006151#10pcs","price":7.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20pcs","offer_id":48708047569090,"sku":"14:200006152#20pcs","price":8.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30pcs","offer_id":48708047536322,"sku":"14:200006153#30pcs","price":10.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S201728ec617a48df88541ff242b1f3a0t.webp?v=1788205548"},{"product_id":"50m-61m-cotton-candle-wick-21-45-thread-low-smoke-eco-friendly-wicks-diy-making-tool-whole-roll-roller-degrease-candles-wick","title":"ECO \u0026 Cotton Candle Wicks — 50m Spools (Sizes 21–35)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eECO \u0026amp; Cotton Candle Wicks — 50m Spools (Sizes 21–35)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCandle wicks on 50m spools available in two wick types and four sizes — choose the wick series and thickness that suits your candle diameter and wax type. All variants are 100% cotton and burn with low smoke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWick Types\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eECO Series (sizes 21, 27, 30, 35)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nECO wicks are flat braided cotton wicks with a thin paper filament woven through the braid. The paper thread makes the wick self-trimming — it curls and burns away as the candle burns, reducing mushrooming and maintaining a consistent flame height without needing to trim between burns. ECO wicks are particularly well suited to soy wax container candles and perform reliably with paraffin and coconut wax too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCotton Series (sizes 30, 35)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStandard flat braided cotton wicks without the paper filament. A versatile all-purpose wick suitable for container candles, pillar candles, and taper candles across all wax types. Trim to 5–7mm before each burn for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes \u0026amp; Prices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 21 — 50m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $12.12 — suited to candle diameters up to approx. 5cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 27 — 50m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $13.04 — suited to candle diameters approx. 5–7cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 30 — 50m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $13.18 — suited to candle diameters approx. 6–8cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 35 — 50m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $14.10 — suited to candle diameters approx. 7–9cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCotton 30 — 50m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $12.24 — suited to candle diameters approx. 6–8cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCotton 35 — 50m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $12.92 — suited to candle diameters approx. 7–9cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSize numbers indicate wick thickness — higher number = thicker wick for larger diameter candles. Diameter guides are approximate — always test burn to confirm the correct size for your specific wax, container, and fragrance load.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCut wick to the height of your container plus 2cm. Thread through a wick tab, crimp closed, and center in your container. Prime the wick by dipping in melted wax and allowing to dry before use — this improves first-light performance. Pour wax and allow to cool fully. For ECO wicks, the self-trimming action activates once the candle is burning — still trim to 5–7mm before the very first burn. For Cotton wicks, trim to 5–7mm before every burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich wick size should I use for my candle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse the diameter guides above as a starting point, then always test burn. Pour a test candle and burn for 2–4 hours. The melt pool should reach edge-to-edge within 4 hours. If it doesn’t, size up. If the flame is too large or the melt pool reaches the edge within 1 hour, size down. Wax type, fragrance load, and container shape all affect the ideal wick size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I choose ECO or Cotton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose ECO if you want a lower-maintenance burn with less frequent trimming — the self-trimming paper filament reduces mushrooming and keeps the flame consistent. Choose Cotton if you prefer a traditional all-purpose wick or are making pillar candles where you’ll be trimming regularly anyway. Both perform well; the difference is mainly in convenience for container candle makers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre ECO wicks suitable for soy wax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — ECO wicks are one of the most popular choices for soy wax container candles precisely because soy wax can be prone to mushrooming with standard cotton wicks. The self-trimming paper filament in ECO wicks helps reduce this significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many candles will a 50m spool make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor a standard 8cm tall container candle using approximately 10–12cm of wick per candle, a 50m (5,000cm) spool yields approximately 400–500 candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or shop our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"21 ECO-friendly","offer_id":48718499315906,"sku":"14:200006151#21 ECO-friendly 50m","price":12.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"27 ECO-friendly","offer_id":48718499348674,"sku":"14:200006153#27 ECO-friendly 50m","price":13.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 ECO-friendly","offer_id":48718499217602,"sku":"14:100018786#30 ECO-friendly 50m","price":13.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 ECO-friendly","offer_id":48718499184834,"sku":"14:365016#35 ECO-friendly 50m","price":14.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 Cotton","offer_id":48718499250370,"sku":"14:200006155#30 Cotton 50m","price":12.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35 Cotton","offer_id":48718499283138,"sku":"14:200004889#35 Cotton 50m","price":12.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S0ac19782b61a406091bb112c8ef9c9daf.webp?v=1788359282"},{"product_id":"61-meters-roll-white-candle-wick-cotton-candle-woven-wick-spool-diy-candle-making-material-smokeless-wax-pure-cotton-core","title":"Twisted Cotton Candle Wick Spool — 3 Lengths (10m, 30m, 61m)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTwisted Cotton Candle Wick Spool — 3 Lengths (10m, 30m, 61m)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA single spool of twisted pure cotton candle wick, available in three lengths — 10m, 30m, or 61m. The twisted cotton construction gives a slightly thicker, more structured wick than flat braided styles, making it well suited to medium and larger diameter candles where a stronger flame is needed. Compatible with soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and coconut wax. Burns cleanly with minimal soot. Cut to length as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes \u0026amp; Prices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $8.46\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $10.16\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e61m\u003c\/strong\u003e — $13.22\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 100% pure cotton, twisted construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComes on a plastic spool for easy dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmokeless and low-soot burn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with: soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, coconut wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for container candles, pillar candles, and taper candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold as unprimed wick — prime before use for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCut to length as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContainer candles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut wick to the height of your container plus 2cm. Thread through a wick tab, crimp closed, and center in your container using a wick centering tool or two pencils across the rim. Prime the wick by dipping in melted wax and allowing to dry before use — this improves first-light performance. Pour wax and allow to cool fully before trimming the wick to 5–7mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePillar candles \u0026amp; silicone molds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thread the wick through the base hole of your mold and seal around it with mold sealer putty. Pull the wick taut and secure at the top with a wick bar or pencil. Pour melted pillar wax at the correct temperature. Once fully cooled, trim to 5–7mm before the first burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWick Sizing Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a general starting guide for twisted cotton wick:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUp to 5cm (2 inch) candle diameter: thin twisted wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5–8cm (2–3 inch) diameter: medium twisted wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e8cm+ (3 inch+) diameter: thick twisted wick or consider a double wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways perform a test burn with your specific wax, fragrance load, and container before committing to a full batch. Twisted wick tends to produce a slightly larger flame than flat braided wick of the same thickness — size down if you find the flame is too large during test burns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between twisted and flat braided wick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwisted wick has a rounder, more structured cross-section and tends to produce a slightly larger, more stable flame than flat braided wick of a similar thickness. Flat braided wick is more common for container candles; twisted wick is well suited to pillar candles, tapers, and candles where a stronger draw is needed. Both are 100% cotton and smokeless when correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich length should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 10m spool is ideal for small batches and testing new candle designs. The 30m spool suits regular hobby makers. The 61m spool offers the best value per metre and is ideal for makers producing candles in larger quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to prime the wick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPriming is recommended. Dip the cut wick in melted wax, straighten, and allow to dry fully before use. Primed wicks light more easily on the first burn and help establish the melt pool faster, particularly in denser waxes like beeswax.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many candles will each spool make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor a standard 8cm tall container candle using approximately 10–12cm of wick per candle: the 10m spool yields approximately 80–90 candles, the 30m spool approximately 250 candles, and the 61m spool approximately 500 candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or shop our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"10M","offer_id":48718519435458,"sku":"14:200006151#10M","price":8.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30M","offer_id":48718519402690,"sku":"14:200006152#30M","price":10.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"61M","offer_id":48718519369922,"sku":"14:200006153#61M","price":13.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S1e397be6c5904b0ea39970805f75f8e2E.webp?v=1789159975"},{"product_id":"5-roll-200feet-61meter-white-candle-wick-cotton-candle-woven-wick-for-diy-candle-making-material-smokeless-wax-core-luck-9","title":"Braided Cotton Candle Wicks — 5 Rolls \/ 200ft (61m)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBraided Cotton Candle Wicks — 5 Rolls \/ 200ft (61m)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA pack of 5 spools of braided cotton candle wick — 200 feet (61 metres) of wick in total. Suitable for use in soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and coconut wax candles. The flat braided cotton construction burns cleanly with minimal soot and mushrooming, making it a reliable all-purpose wick for container and pillar candles. Cut to your required length and pair with wick tabs for container candles, or feed through the wick hole of silicone molds for pillar candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack contents: 5 spools of braided cotton wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal length: 200ft \/ 61m (approximately 40ft \/ 12m per spool)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 100% cotton, flat braided construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmokeless and low-soot burn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with: soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, coconut wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for container candles, pillar candles, and taper candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSold as unprimed wick — prime before use for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCut to length as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContainer candles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut wick to the height of your container plus 2cm. Thread through a wick tab, crimp closed, and center in your container using a wick centering tool or two pencils across the rim. Prime the wick by dipping in melted wax and allowing to dry before use — this improves first-light performance. Pour wax and allow to cool fully before trimming the wick to 5–7mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePillar candles \u0026amp; silicone molds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thread the wick through the base hole of your mold and seal around it with mold sealer putty. Pull the wick taut and secure it at the top of the mold with a wick bar or pencil. Pour melted pillar wax at the correct temperature for your wax type. Once fully cooled, trim to 5–7mm before the first burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWick Sizing Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoosing the correct wick thickness is essential for a good burn. As a general starting guide for cotton braided wick:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUp to 5cm (2 inch) candle diameter: thin\/small braided wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5–8cm (2–3 inch) diameter: medium braided wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e8cm+ (3 inch+) diameter: thick\/large braided wick or consider a double wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways perform a test burn with your specific wax, fragrance load, and container before committing to a full batch. Wick sizing varies between wax types — soy wax typically requires a larger wick than paraffin for the same diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to prime this wick before use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPriming is recommended but not essential. To prime, dip the cut wick in melted wax, straighten it, and allow to dry fully before use. Primed wicks light more easily on the first burn and help establish the melt pool faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many candles will 5 rolls make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis depends on the height of your candles. For a standard 8cm tall container candle (with a little extra for securing), each candle uses approximately 10–12cm of wick. At 200ft (6,096cm) total, this pack yields approximately 500–600 container candles. For taller pillar candles of 15cm, expect approximately 300–350 candles from the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this wick suitable for soy wax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — this braided cotton wick is compatible with soy wax. Bear in mind that soy wax typically requires a slightly larger wick size than paraffin for the same candle diameter, as soy wax has a lower density. Always test burn to confirm your wick size is correct for your specific soy wax blend and container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this wick for beeswax candles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — braided cotton wick is the traditional and most commonly recommended wick for beeswax candles, particularly for rolled beeswax sheet candles and beeswax pillar candles. Beeswax is denser than soy or paraffin and burns hotter, so you may need a slightly thicker wick than you would for a soy candle of the same diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or shop our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making\"\u003eCandle Making\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"5 Rolls","offer_id":48718531166402,"sku":"14:6144#White 5 Roll","price":30.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S0ece025f6e254ebaa9b2d65e2726eb861.webp?v=1788359565"},{"product_id":"silicone-putty-silicone-mold-making-kit-strong-flexible-easy-1-1-mixing-ratio-for-reusable-silicone-molds","title":"Silicone Mold Putty Kit (A+B) Purple — 454g (2 × 227g)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilicone Mold Putty Kit (A+B) Purple — 454g Kit (2 × 227g)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA two-part silicone putty mold making kit for creating custom molds from any object. Mix equal parts of the white (Part A) and purple (Part B) putty together by weight, press around or over your object, and within 15–20 minutes you have a flexible, reusable silicone mold ready for casting with resin, epoxy, plaster, wax, soap, or polymer clay. No specialist equipment needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe purple color of Part B acts as a mixing indicator — knead until the putty is a uniform color with no white streaks, then it’s fully mixed and ready. At 454g total (2 × 227g jars), this is the largest kit in our silicone putty range — ideal for medium-to-large objects, high-volume use, or makers who want plenty of putty on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKit contents: 1 × Part A (white, 227g \/ 0.5lb) + 1 × Part B (purple, 227g \/ 0.5lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTotal kit weight: 454g \/ 1lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJar dimensions: 6.95cm wide × 6.18cm tall per jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix ratio: 1:1 by weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorking time: 3–5 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCuring time: 15–20 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePart A: white — Part B: purple (color indicates full mixing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with: resin, epoxy, plaster, wax, soap, polymer clay\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces a flexible, strong, reusable silicone mold\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo mixing tools required — mix by hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take equal portions of Part A (white) and Part B (purple) by weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Knead the two parts together by hand for 1–2 minutes until the putty is a uniform color with no white streaks remaining. Work quickly — you have 3–5 minutes of working time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press the mixed putty firmly around or over your object, capturing all the detail. Ensure full contact with the surface to avoid air pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWait:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave undisturbed for 15–20 minutes at room temperature to cure fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDemold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gently peel the putty away from the object. Your mold is ready to use immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pour your chosen casting material (resin, plaster, wax, soap) into the finished mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much putty do I need for my object?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou need enough putty to cover the object with at least 3–5mm of wall thickness on all sides. At 454g total, this kit is suited to medium-to-large objects such as figurines, large charms, fruit slices, small toys, or multiple smaller objects in one session. For very large objects, purchase two kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this compare to the smaller silicone putty kits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis 454g kit contains 227g of each part — significantly more than the 60g or 130g per-jar kits in our range. The larger quantity means you can mold bigger objects, make multiple molds in one session, or keep more putty in stock for regular use. Specs (mix ratio, working time, cure time) are the same across all kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this mold putty with resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — once cured, the silicone mold is compatible with UV resin, epoxy resin, and polyester resin. Silicone is naturally non-stick so no mold release spray is needed. Simply pour your mixed resin into the mold and cure as per your resin instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mold reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — cured silicone putty molds are flexible, strong, and reusable. With careful use they can produce many casts. Avoid sharp tools or overstretching the mold when demolding to extend its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Mold Making \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-silicone-molds\"\u003eResin Silicone Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"454g Kit (227g x 2)","offer_id":48718765097154,"sku":"14:193#454g-purple;5:200004763","price":43.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S0e8f12c8093748ddb8af37e956bf6d1du.webp?v=1788364353"},{"product_id":"non-toxic-silicone-putty-kitnon-toxic-silicone-putty-kit-for-diy-resin-casting-epoxy-wax-crafts-and-jewelry-making","title":"Silicone Mold Putty Kit (A+B) Blue — 2 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilicone Mold Putty Kit (A+B) Blue — Make Your Own Molds in Minutes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA two-part silicone putty mold making kit for creating custom molds from any object. Mix equal parts of the white (Part A) and blue (Part B) putty together by weight, press around or over your object, and within 15–20 minutes you have a flexible, reusable silicone mold ready for casting with resin, epoxy, plaster, wax, soap, or polymer clay. No specialist equipment needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe blue color of Part B acts as a mixing indicator — knead until the putty is a uniform color with no white streaks, then you know it’s fully mixed and ready to use. Available in two kit sizes — the 120g kit (2 × 60g jars) is ideal for small objects and testing, while the 260g kit (2 × 130g jars) suits medium objects and repeat casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes \u0026amp; Prices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120g Kit (2 × 60g)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 60g Part A + 60g Part B — $19.08\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e260g Kit (2 × 130g)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 130g Part A + 130g Part B — $38.70\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Specs (from label)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix ratio: 1:1 by weight (equal parts A and B)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorking time: 3–5 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCuring time: 15–20 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePart A: white — Part B: blue (color indicates full mixing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with: resin, epoxy, plaster, wax, soap, polymer clay\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces a flexible, reusable silicone mold\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-toxic formula\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo mixing tools required — mix by hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take equal portions of Part A (white) and Part B (blue) by weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Knead the two parts together by hand for 1–2 minutes until the putty is a uniform color with no white streaks remaining. Work quickly — you have 3–5 minutes of working time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press the mixed putty firmly around or over your object, capturing all the detail. Ensure full contact with the surface to avoid air pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWait:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave undisturbed for 15–20 minutes at room temperature to cure fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDemold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gently peel the putty away from the object. Your mold is ready to use immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pour your chosen casting material (resin, plaster, wax, soap) into the finished mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much putty do I need for my object?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou need enough putty to cover the object with at least 3–5mm of wall thickness on all sides. Small items such as coins, buttons, charms, and small flowers work well with the 120g kit. Medium items such as small figurines, shells, or pendants suit the 260g kit. For larger objects, purchase multiple kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the orange silicone putty kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBoth are two-part silicone mold putty kits with identical specs — same mix ratio, working time, and cure time. The difference is the color of Part B (blue here, orange in the other kit) and the brand (TDIY). The color is purely a mixing indicator and does not affect the finished mold. Choose either based on your preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this mold putty with resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — once cured, the silicone mold is compatible with UV resin, epoxy resin, and polyester resin. Silicone is naturally non-stick so no mold release spray is needed. Simply pour your mixed resin into the mold and cure as per your resin instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mold reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — cured silicone putty molds are flexible and reusable. With careful use they can produce many casts. Avoid sharp tools or overstretching the mold when demolding to extend its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Mold Making \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-silicone-molds\"\u003eResin Silicone Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"120g Kit (2x60g)","offer_id":48718769651906,"sku":"14:173#120g","price":19.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"260g Kit (2x130g)","offer_id":48718769684674,"sku":"14:1254#260g","price":38.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S1f5c6c81f0ad4b8a87e42f19b16ad3bco.webp?v=1788364529"},{"product_id":"silicone-putty-mold-making-kit-heat-resistant-for-diy-resin-epoxy-casting-orange","title":"Silicone Mold Putty Kit (A+B) — 2 Sizes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSilicone Mold Putty Kit (A+B) — Make Your Own Molds in Minutes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA two-part silicone putty mold making kit for creating custom molds from any object. Mix equal parts of the white (Part A) and orange (Part B) putty together, press around or over your object, and within 15–20 minutes you have a flexible, reusable silicone mold ready for casting with resin, epoxy, plaster, wax, soap, or polymer clay. No specialist equipment needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in two sizes — the 0.13lb \/ 60g kit (60g total: 30g A + 30g B) is ideal for small objects and testing, while the 0.28lb \/ 130g kit (130g total: 65g A + 65g B) suits medium objects and repeat casting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSizes \u0026amp; Prices\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.13lb \/ 60g kit\u003c\/strong\u003e (30g Part A + 30g Part B) — $16.32\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.28lb \/ 130g kit\u003c\/strong\u003e (65g Part A + 65g Part B) — $38.38\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Specs (from label)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix ratio: 1 part A to 1 part B (equal parts by volume or weight)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorking time: 3–5 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCuring time: 15–20 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat resistant once cured\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with: resin, epoxy, plaster, wax, soap, polymer clay\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces a flexible, reusable silicone mold\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo mixing tools required — mix by hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Take equal portions of Part A (white) and Part B (orange) by volume or weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix:\u003c\/strong\u003e Knead the two parts together by hand for 1–2 minutes until the putty is a uniform orange color with no white streaks remaining. Work quickly — you have 3–5 minutes of working time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press the mixed putty firmly around or over your object, capturing all the detail. Ensure full contact with the surface to avoid air pockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWait:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leave undisturbed for 15–20 minutes at room temperature to cure fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDemold:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gently peel the putty away from the object. Your mold is ready to use immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pour your chosen casting material (resin, plaster, wax, soap) into the finished mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much putty do I need for my object?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAs a rough guide, you need enough putty to cover the object with at least 3–5mm of wall thickness on all sides. Small items such as coins, buttons, charms, and small flowers work well with the 60g kit. Medium items such as small figurines, shells, or toy pieces suit the 130g kit. For larger objects, purchase multiple kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this mold putty with resin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — once cured, the silicone mold is compatible with UV resin, epoxy resin, and polyester resin. Silicone is naturally non-stick so no mold release spray is needed for resin casting. Simply pour your mixed resin into the mold and cure as per your resin instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mold reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — cured silicone putty molds are flexible and reusable. With careful use they can produce many casts. Avoid sharp tools or overstretching the mold when demolding to extend its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this to make candle molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — once cured the putty is heat resistant and suitable for pouring wax for small candles, wax melts, and wax seals. Ensure your wax is not poured at excessively high temperatures. For large pillar candles, a rigid-backed mold is recommended alongside the silicone for structural support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Mold Making \u0026amp; Resin Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-silicone-molds\"\u003eResin Silicone Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-molds\"\u003eCandle Molds\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"60g\/0.13lb","offer_id":48718788264130,"sku":"14:29#0.26lb","price":16.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"130g\/0.28lb","offer_id":48718788231362,"sku":"14:350852#0.56lb","price":38.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S9f65aa0a9b934ad688f54195e031d592U.webp?v=1788364671"},{"product_id":"50-pcs-6-20cm-candle-wicks-smokeless-wax-pure-cotton-core-for-diy-candle-making-pre-waxed-wicks-party-supplies-home-decoration","title":"Pre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks — 50 Pack (7 Lengths) or 61m Roll","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks — 50 Pack or 61m Roll\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhite pre-waxed 100% cotton candle wicks with metal sustainer tabs pre-attached. Available in 7 pre-cut lengths (50 wicks per pack) or as a 61m uncut spool for those who prefer to cut their own lengths. Smokeless, low-soot burn. Select your size from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSize Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6cm \/ 2.36in — 50pcs — $7.70:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tealight cups and very shallow containers (up to ~5cm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9cm \/ 3.54in — 50pcs — $8.30:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small tin candles and short containers (up to ~7cm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10cm \/ 3.94in — 50pcs — $8.26:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small-to-medium tins and jars (up to ~8cm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12cm \/ 4.72in — 50pcs — $8.54:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium containers (up to ~10cm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15cm \/ 5.91in — 50pcs — $9.36:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard jar candles (up to ~13cm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18cm \/ 7.09in — 50pcs — $9.94:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tall glass jars and deep tins (up to ~16cm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20cm \/ 7.87in — 50pcs — $9.90:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tallest pre-cut option — for deep jar candles and pillar molds (up to ~18cm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e61m roll — $12.10:\u003c\/strong\u003e Uncut spool — cut to any length as needed. Tab not included; pair with our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003ewick sustainer tabs\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% cotton, white pre-waxed coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-cut packs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 wicks per pack with metal sustainer tab pre-attached\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61m \/ 200ft uncut spool, no tabs included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurn quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e smokeless, low-soot\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWax compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e soy wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, coconut wax, and blends\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e container candles in tins, glass jars, and ceramic pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use (Pre-Cut Packs)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFix the metal tab to the base of your container using a wick sticker or a small amount of melted wax. Press firmly and allow to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCenter the wick using a wick centering bar or wooden stick rested across the top of the container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour your melted wax slowly around the wick. Do not disturb until fully set (2–4 hours).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemove the centering bar and trim the wick to 5–7mm (¼ inch) before the first burn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use (61m Roll)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCut wick to the height of your container plus 2–3cm extra for handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThread through a wick sustainer tab and crimp to secure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFix the tab to the base of your container and proceed as above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the Right Length\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the wick length to your container depth. The wick should extend 2–3cm above the rim while pouring (for centering and handling) and will be trimmed after the wax sets. If your container is taller than the wick, choose the next size up or use the 61m roll to cut a custom length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to add a tab to the pre-cut wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — the pre-cut packs come with tabs pre-attached. Only the 61m roll requires separate tabs; see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eMetal Wick Sustainer Tabs\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the trim length before burning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTrim to 5–7mm (approximately ¼ inch) before each burn to prevent excess soot, mushrooming, and uneven burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these suitable for soy wax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — compatible with soy, paraffin, beeswax, and coconut wax. Always test burn before committing to a full batch, as wick sizing varies with fragrance load and container diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"61m roll","offer_id":48719676342466,"sku":"14:200004889#61m roll;200007763:201336100","price":12.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6cm","offer_id":48719676571842,"sku":"14:200006151#6cm 50pcs;200007763:201336100","price":7.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9cm","offer_id":48719676539074,"sku":"14:100018786#9cm 50pcs;200007763:201336100","price":8.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10cm","offer_id":48719676506306,"sku":"14:365016#10cm 50pcs;200007763:201336100","price":8.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12cm","offer_id":48719676473538,"sku":"14:350686#12cm 50pcs;200007763:201336100","price":8.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm","offer_id":48719676440770,"sku":"14:200006154#15cm 50pcs;200007763:201336100","price":9.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18cm","offer_id":48719676408002,"sku":"14:350850#18cm 50pcs;200007763:201336100","price":9.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":48719676375234,"sku":"14:350852#20cm 50pcs;200007763:201336100","price":9.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S9a1d1b273c044aebb961bb956b5ad3c4s.webp?v=1788380602"},{"product_id":"100pcs-metal-candle-wick-sustainers-durable-iron-wicks-tabs-holders-for-diy-candle-making-wax-wick-base-accessories-craft-tools","title":"Metal Candle Wick Sustainer Tabs — 100 Pack (3 Sizes)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMetal Candle Wick Sustainer Tabs — 100 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e100 × electroplated iron wick sustainer tabs (also called wick tabs or wick bases) for anchoring cotton wicks to the base of candle containers. Available in three sizes to suit different wick thicknesses and container types. Use these when making candles with unwaxed cotton wick that requires a tab, or as replacements when a tab is missing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSize Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003e12.5mm \/ 0.49in — $8.46\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Base disc diameter: 12.5mm \/ 0.49in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Centre tube diameter: 2.6mm \/ 0.10in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Tab height: 4mm \/ 0.16in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Best for: thin cotton wicks and tealight-sized containers\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003e14mm \/ 0.55in — $9.00\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Base disc diameter: 14mm \/ 0.55in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Centre tube diameter: 3mm \/ 0.12in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Tab height: 4mm \/ 0.16in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Best for: standard cotton wicks and small-to-medium container candles\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003e20mm \/ 0.79in — $10.66\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n    Base disc diameter: 20mm \/ 0.79in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Centre tube diameter: 4mm \/ 0.16in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Tab height: 5mm \/ 0.20in\u003cbr\u003e\n    Best for: thicker wicks and wider-based containers where a larger footprint provides more stability\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tabs per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e electroplated iron — heat-resistant, does not rust in wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e flat disc base with raised centre tube — thread your wick through the tube and crimp to secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e all unwaxed or pre-waxed cotton wicks, cotton core wicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContainer types:\u003c\/strong\u003e candle tins, glass jars, ceramic pots, tealight cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThread the end of your cotton wick through the centre tube of the sustainer tab from the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsing pliers or tweezers, crimp the tube firmly around the wick to grip it securely. Give the wick a gentle tug to confirm it is held in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFix the flat base of the tab to the bottom of your container using a wick sticker or a small amount of melted wax. Press firmly and allow to set before pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCenter the wick using a wick centering bar or wooden stick, then pour your wax.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMatch the centre tube diameter to your wick thickness. A 2.6mm tube (12.5mm tab) suits thin wicks such as ECO 2–4. A 3mm tube (14mm tab) suits medium wicks such as ECO 6–8. A 4mm tube (20mm tab) suits thicker wicks or braided wicks with a wider diameter. If in doubt, the 14mm is the most versatile size for standard container candle wicks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo my pre-waxed wicks already have tabs attached?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — our pre-waxed wick packs include tabs pre-attached. These standalone tabs are for use with unwaxed wick spools, or as replacements if a tab is lost or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"12.5mm","offer_id":48724244398274,"sku":"14:200006151#12.5mm-1Set;200007763:201336100","price":8.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14mm","offer_id":48724244365506,"sku":"14:200006152#14mm-1Set;200007763:201336100","price":9.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20mm","offer_id":48724244431042,"sku":"14:200006153#20mm-1Set;200007763:201336100","price":10.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S0f7246cca3474dc4b551860cebe801a1F.webp?v=1788440232"},{"product_id":"100pcs-9cm-15cm-20cm-pre-waxed-candle-wicks-for-candle-making-cotton-core-low-smoke-for-diy-projects-and-crafting","title":"Pre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks with Metal Tabs — 20cm \/ 7.87in, 100 Pack","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks with Metal Tabs — 20cm \/ 7.87in, 100 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e100 × pre-waxed 100% cotton candle wicks at 20cm \/ 7.87in length, each with a metal sustainer tab pre-attached. The longest wick in our pre-waxed range — designed for tall glass jar candles, deep containers, and pillar molds. Low-smoke cotton core for a clean burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 wicks per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20cm \/ 7.87in — suited to containers up to approximately 16–17cm (6.3–6.7in) deep after trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% cotton core, pre-waxed coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurn quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e low-smoke cotton core for a cleaner burn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase tab:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal sustainer tab pre-attached — anchors the wick to the base of the container\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWax compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e soy wax, coconut wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and blends\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tall glass jar candles, deep tin candles, and pillar molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFix the metal tab to the base of your container using a wick sticker or a small dot of melted wax. Press firmly and allow to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePull the wick upright and center using a wick centering bar or wooden stick rested across the top of the container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour your melted wax slowly around the wick. Do not disturb until fully set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnce the wax has fully cooled (2–4 hours), remove the centering bar and trim the wick to 5–7mm (¼ inch) before the first burn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this compare to your other pre-waxed wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis is the 20cm length — the longest in our pre-waxed wick range, suited to taller containers. If you need shorter wicks, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for 2.5cm, 9cm, and 15cm options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to pre-wax these before use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — these wicks come pre-waxed and are ready to use straight from the pack. The wax coating keeps the wick stiff and upright during pouring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ideal trim length before burning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTrim to 5–7mm (approximately ¼ inch) before each burn. A wick that is too long produces a large flame, excess soot, and mushrooming at the tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"20cm","offer_id":48724246626498,"sku":"14:200006153#100PCS 20CM","price":14.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S83a37df91fac4378a80debc4ccfac7f88.webp?v=1788440290"},{"product_id":"pre-waxed-100-cotton-candle-waxed-wicks-9cm-15cm-20cm-length-100pcs-bag-diy-candle-making-supplies-for-candle-kits-home-crafts","title":"Pre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks with Metal Tabs — 100 Pack (3 Lengths)","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePre-Waxed Cotton Candle Wicks with Metal Tabs — 100 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e100 × pre-waxed 100% cotton candle wicks with metal sustainer tabs pre-attached. Available in three lengths to suit different container depths — from shallow tealight cups to tall jar candles. Select your size from the dropdown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSize Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.5cm \/ 0.98in — $8.72:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shortest option — designed for tealight cups, votive holders, and very shallow containers (up to approximately 2.5cm \/ 1in deep). Trim to just above the wax surface before burning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9cm \/ 3.54in — $11.84:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid-length option — suited to small tin candles, short glass jars, and containers up to approximately 7–8cm (2.75–3in) deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15cm \/ 5.91in — $12.94:\u003c\/strong\u003e Longest option — suited to tall glass jars, pillar molds, and containers up to approximately 12–13cm (4.75–5in) deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 wicks per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% cotton + paraffin wax coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-waxed:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes — coating stiffens the wick for easy positioning before pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase tab:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal sustainer tab pre-attached — anchors the wick to the base of the container\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWax compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e soy wax, coconut wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and blends\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e container candles in tins, glass jars, ceramic pots, and tealight cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFix the metal tab to the base of your container using a wick sticker or a small dot of melted wax. Press firmly and allow to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePull the wick upright and center it using a wick centering bar or wooden stick rested across the top of the container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour your melted wax slowly around the wick. Do not disturb until fully set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnce the wax has cooled (2–4 hours), remove the centering bar and trim the wick to 5–7mm (approximately ¼ inch) before the first burn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the Right Length\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the wick length to your container depth — the wick should extend 2–3cm above the top of the filled container to give you something to grip while centering, and will be trimmed down after the wax sets. If your container is taller than the wick, the wick will not reach the base properly — choose the next size up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from your ECO pre-waxed wicks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese wicks are sized by length (2.5cm, 9cm, 15cm) and are a general-purpose cotton wick suitable for a wide range of container sizes. The ECO series wicks are sized by wick thickness\/number (ECO 2 through ECO 10+) which determines the diameter of the melt pool — those are better suited when you want to match a specific container diameter. These length-sized wicks are a simpler choice for beginners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to pre-wax these wicks before use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — they come pre-waxed and are ready to use straight from the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat length should I trim the wick to before burning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTrim to 5–7mm (approximately ¼ inch) before each burn. A wick that is too long will produce a large flame, excess soot, and uneven burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"0.98in\/2.5cm","offer_id":48724254392514,"sku":"14:200006151#0.98in 100pcs","price":8.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.54in\/9cm","offer_id":48724254425282,"sku":"14:200006152#3.54in 100pcs","price":11.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.91in\/15cm","offer_id":48724254458050,"sku":"14:200006153#5.91in 100pcs","price":12.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sf823a723c402488691f7870ebb475b35v.webp?v=1788440498"},{"product_id":"a78i-100pcs-eco-wicks-for-soy-candles-8-inch-pre-waxed-candle-wick-for-candle-making-thick-candle-wick-with-base","title":"ECO Pre-Waxed Candle Wicks with Metal Tabs — 8 Inch, 100 Pack for Soy Candles","description":"\u003ch2\u003eECO Pre-Waxed Candle Wicks with Metal Tabs — 8 Inch, 100 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e100 × pre-waxed ECO cotton candle wicks, each with a metal sustainer tab (wick base) already attached. The thick braided cotton construction and pre-waxed coating make these ready to use straight out of the pack — no threading, no pre-dipping. Designed for soy wax candles but compatible with most wax types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 wicks per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches (20.3cm) — suitable for containers up to approximately 3–4 inches (7.5–10cm) in height after trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ECO series — thick braided natural cotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-waxed:\u003c\/strong\u003e yes — coated for stiffness, easier to position and center before pouring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase tab:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal sustainer tab pre-attached — sits flat on the base of the container to anchor the wick\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWax compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e soy wax, coconut wax, paraffin wax, beeswax, and blends\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e container candles in tins, glass jars, and ceramic pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the Right Wick Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eECO wicks are sized by number — a thicker wick produces a larger melt pool and is suited to wider diameter containers. As a general guide for soy wax container candles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 2–4:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 2 inches (5cm) container diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 4–6:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2–3 inches (5–7.5cm) container diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 6–8:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3–4 inches (7.5–10cm) container diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eECO 10+:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 inches (10cm) and above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways test burn your candles before selling — wick size may vary depending on fragrance load, dye content, and wax blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFix the metal tab to the base of your candle container using a wick sticker or a small dot of melted wax. Press firmly and allow to set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePull the wick upright and center it using a wick centering bar or wooden stick rested across the top of the container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour your melted wax slowly around the wick. Do not disturb the wick while the wax sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnce the wax has fully cooled (2–4 hours), remove the centering bar and trim the wick to 5–7mm (approximately ¼ inch) before the first burn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these wicks suitable for beeswax or paraffin candles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — ECO wicks work well with most wax types. Beeswax and paraffin typically require a slightly larger wick size than soy wax for the same container diameter, so test burn before committing to a large production run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to pre-wax these wicks before use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo — these wicks come pre-waxed and ready to use. The wax coating stiffens the wick so it stands upright easily when positioning in your container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat length should I cut the wick to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLeave the wick long enough to extend 2–3cm above your container while pouring (to give you something to grip). Trim to 5–7mm after the wax has fully set and before the first burn. A wick that is too long will produce excess soot and a large, uncontrolled flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-wicks\"\u003eCandle Wicks\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48724257636546,"sku":"200007763:201336100","price":28.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S0610f6a479464552ae346f5950195843F.webp?v=1788440580"},{"product_id":"candle-melting-wax-thermometer","title":"TP300 Digital Probe Thermometer for Candle Making — Long Probe, °C\/°F Switch \u0026 Hold","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTP300 Digital Probe Thermometer for Candle Making\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe TP300 is a popular digital probe thermometer widely used in candle making for its long stainless steel probe, clear LCD display, and reliable temperature readings. The extended probe length makes it well-suited for use in deep pouring pitchers and larger wax melting pots — keeping your hand safely away from the heat while you monitor temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the same TP300 thermometer included in several of our candle making starter kits, sold here as a standalone unit for replacements or additional setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e TP300\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24.5cm \/ 9.65in\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProbe length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14.5cm \/ 5.71in (long probe — ideal for deep pouring pitchers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10cm × 3.5cm × 2.5cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong stainless steel probe\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps hands clear of heat when monitoring wax in deep pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e°C \/ °F switchable\u003c\/strong\u003e — toggle between Celsius and Fahrenheit at the press of a button\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHold function\u003c\/strong\u003e — freezes the reading on screen so you can check the temperature after removing the probe\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear LCD display\u003c\/strong\u003e with large digits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast response time\u003c\/strong\u003e — stabilizes within a few seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWhite body with black buttons — comes in retail blister card packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePowered by button battery (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWax Temperature Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the TP300 to monitor these key temperatures during candle making:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoy wax melt point:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50–55°C (122–131°F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax heating temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80–85°C (176–185°F) — do not exceed to avoid discoloration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFragrance addition temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65–70°C (149–158°F) — remove from heat and cool to this range before adding fragrance oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePour temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55–65°C (131–149°F) — pour at this range to minimize sinkholes and surface cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParaffin wax melt point:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46–68°C (115–154°F) depending on grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeeswax melt point:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62–65°C (144–149°F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower on using the On\/Off button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInsert the long probe into your wax pouring pot. Only the metal probe should contact the wax — do not submerge the body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHold in place for 3–5 seconds until the reading stabilizes on the LCD display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePress Hold to freeze the reading before removing the probe if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWipe the probe clean with a dry cloth after each use. Allow to cool before storing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this differ from your other candle making thermometer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis is the TP300 model with a longer probe (14.5cm) and white body — better suited for deeper pouring pitchers and larger wax pots. Our other thermometer has a shorter probe and black body, and is priced slightly lower. Both have °C\/°F switching and a hold function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same thermometer included in your candle making kits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the TP300 is the thermometer bundled in several of our candle making starter kits. Purchase it here as a standalone replacement or spare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this for soap making or other crafts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the TP300 is suitable for monitoring temperatures in soap making (lye and oil temperatures) and general craft use. Do not use the same probe for food after contact with candle dyes or fragrance oils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-kits\"\u003eCandle Making Kits\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Thermometer","offer_id":48724284604610,"sku":"14:200006153#thermometer","price":26.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Scbbe4300e82b4acd8cbe665595656514l.webp?v=1788441303"},{"product_id":"5pcs-400ml-800ml-wax-melting-pot-candle-making-set-600ml-scale-measuring-cup-long-handle-split-charging-mixing-spoon-thermometer","title":"Digital Probe Thermometer for Candle Making — °C\/°F with Hold Function","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDigital Probe Thermometer for Candle Making\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA compact digital probe thermometer designed for monitoring wax temperature during candle making. Accurate temperature readings help you hit the right pour temperature, fragrance addition temperature, and melt point for any wax type — preventing overheating, fragrance loss, and surface defects in finished candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDigital LCD display with large, easy-to-read numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e°C \/ °F switchable — press the mode button to toggle between Celsius and Fahrenheit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHold function — freezes the reading on screen so you can check the temperature after removing the probe from the wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel probe — food-safe, heat-resistant, easy to wipe clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast response time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact and lightweight — fits easily in a kitchen drawer or candle making kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWax Temperature Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this thermometer to monitor the following key temperatures during candle making:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoy wax melt point:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50–55°C (122–131°F) — wax is fully liquid above this range\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax heating temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80–85°C (176–185°F) — do not exceed; overheating degrades soy wax and can cause discoloration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFragrance addition temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65–70°C (149–158°F) — remove from heat and allow to cool to this range before adding fragrance oil for best scent throw\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePour temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55–65°C (131–149°F) — pour into containers at this temperature to minimize sinkholes and surface cracking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParaffin wax melt point:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46–68°C (115–154°F) depending on grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeeswax melt point:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62–65°C (144–149°F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurn on the thermometer using the power button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInsert the stainless steel probe into the melted wax in your pouring pot. Do not submerge the body of the thermometer — only the metal probe should contact the wax.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHold in place for 3–5 seconds until the reading stabilizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse the Hold button to freeze the reading if needed before removing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWipe the probe clean with a dry cloth or paper towel after each use. Allow to cool before storing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this thermometer included in any of your candle making kits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — this thermometer is included in several of our candle making kits. Purchase it separately here if you need a replacement or an additional unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this for soap making or cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the stainless steel probe is food-safe and the temperature range covers soap making (lye temperatures, oil temperatures) and general kitchen use. Do not use the same probe for food after it has been used with candle dyes or fragrance oils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis thermometer typically uses 1 × LR44 button cell battery (included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-kits\"\u003eCandle Making Kits\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"Thermometer","offer_id":48724362461378,"sku":"14:200006152#Thermometer","price":21.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/S73b3048380d24a58a6a876996ef242c8A.webp?v=1788442874"},{"product_id":"7oz-3-5oz-epoxy-resin-mold-release-spray-with-5-second-fast-drying-performance-produces-bubble-free-casting-results-for-soap","title":"Epoxy Mold Release Spray with Brush — 100ml or 200ml, Water-Soluble Silicone Oil Demold Spray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEpoxy Mold Release Spray with Brush — Water-Soluble Silicone Oil Demold Spray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA water-soluble silicone oil mold release spray that creates a thin, even barrier between your mold and casting material, allowing for clean, easy demolding without tearing, sticking, or surface damage. Each order includes a \u003cstrong\u003espray bottle and an applicator brush\u003c\/strong\u003e for spreading the release agent precisely inside detailed mold cavities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEspecially suitable for \u003cstrong\u003esilicone, HDPE, epoxy rubber, and resin molds\u003c\/strong\u003e. Effective for epoxy resin casting, candle making, plaster and cement modeling, and soap molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSize Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100ml (3.5oz)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 spray bottle + 1 applicator brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200ml (7oz)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2 × 100ml spray bottles + 1 applicator brush. Better value for regular use or larger projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormula:\u003c\/strong\u003e water-soluble silicone oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e spray and\/or brush onto mold surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible mold types:\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone, HDPE, epoxy rubber, resin, plaster molds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible casting materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e epoxy resin, candle wax, plaster, cement, soap\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e spray bottle(s) + applicator brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast drying:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 5 seconds after application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use Mold Release Spray\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMake sure your mold is clean and dry before applying release spray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpray or brush a thin, even coat of mold release onto the interior surfaces of your mold, including all crevices and detail areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow to dry for approximately 5 seconds before pouring your casting material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour your resin, wax, plaster, or soap as normal and allow to fully cure or set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnce cured, flex the mold gently and push from the base to release the casting cleanly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor complex molds with deep detail, use the applicator brush to work the release agent into recessed areas before spraying a final even coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReapply between pours for best results, especially with epoxy resin or plaster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeing water-soluble, any residue on your finished casting can be rinsed off with water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need mold release spray for silicone molds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSilicone molds are naturally non-stick and often do not require mold release for standard epoxy resin pours. However, mold release spray is recommended for detailed or deep molds where the cured resin may grip fine features, for plaster or cement casts that can bond more aggressively to mold surfaces, and for extending the life of frequently used silicone molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mold release spray affect the surface finish of my resin piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA thin, even coat applied correctly should not leave visible residue on your finished piece. Applying too much can cause clouding or fish-eye effects on the resin surface. Less is more — a light, even coat is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this for candle making?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — this spray is suitable for candle molds including silicone and HDPE molds. Apply a light coat before pouring wax to ensure easy candle release once the wax has fully cooled and set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe to use on all resin mold types?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis spray is formulated for silicone, HDPE, and epoxy rubber molds. Avoid use on polycarbonate or acrylic molds, as silicone oil can cause crazing or clouding on some plastic surfaces. Always test on a small area of an unfamiliar mold type before full application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the formula water-soluble?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — the silicone oil in this spray is water-soluble, making it easy to rinse off tools, molds, and any residue on finished castings with plain water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShop More Resin \u0026amp; Candle Making Supplies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/resin-supplies\"\u003eResin Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/epoxy-and-uv-resin\"\u003eEpoxy \u0026amp; UV Resin\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candle-making-supplies\"\u003eCandle Making Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e, or all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/craft-supplies\"\u003eCraft Supplies\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"My Crafty Corner","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":48742229770434,"sku":"14:200006152#100ml","price":15.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200ml","offer_id":48742229803202,"sku":"14:100018786#200ml","price":21.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/files\/Sf43f831639184e0fb228f7447ba283b6h.webp?v=1788615640"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0739\/2700\/0258\/collections\/varied-candle-making-supplies.png?v=1788364819","url":"https:\/\/mycraftycorner.com\/collections\/candle-making-supplies-1.oembed?page=3","provider":"My Crafty Corner","version":"1.0","type":"link"}